Yale University Press Fall 2009 Seasonal Catalog

Ya l e

Ta b le o f Co nt e nt s Recently Published Previously Announced

1 2

3 31 51 52

Tra de T it le s

Cover photograph: Dewey as Superman, Providence, RI, 1991 by Nan Goldin, courtesy Matthew Marks Gallery, New York. (see p. 65, Boyhoods: Rethinking Masculinities by Ken Corbett)

53 101 115 124 131 132

2009

General Interest Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade General Interest—Paperback Reprints Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade—Paperback Reprints Languages Academic Books

FA LL/ WI N T ER

Art T it le s Art & Architecture—General Interest Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade Art & Architecture Paperback Reprints Academic Art & Architecture Books

UNIVERSITY PRESS General Interest, Art and Architecture

FALL/WINTER AUGUST 2009 – JANUARY 2010

Donald and Munro Endless Forms 978-0-300-14826-8 $75.00

Rishel and Sachs Cézanne and Beyond 978-0-300-14106-1 $65.00

Cowling Picasso 978-1-85709-452-7 $40.00

Fried Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before 978-0-300-13684-5 $55.00

Clarke Becoming Edvard Munch 978-0-300-11950-3 $50.00

Sussman and Weski William Eggleston 978-0-300-12621-1 $65.00

Recent Art Highlights

Moorhouse Gerhard Richter Portraits 978-0-300-15159-6 $60.00

Koda and Yohannan The Model as Muse 978-0-300-14893-0 $50.00

Steele and Mears Isabel Toledo 978-0-300-14583-0 $60.00

Rosenthal William Kentridge 978-0-300-15048-3 $50.00

Eklund The Pictures Generation, 1974–1984 978-0-300-14892-3 $60.00

Tingley Arts of Ancient Viet Nam 978-0-300-14696-7 $60.00

Jacoby Alger Hiss and the Battle for History 978-0-300-12133-9 $24.00

Haskell Frankly My Dear 978-0-300-11752-3 $24.00

Allawi The Crisis of Islamic Civilization 978-0-300-13931-0 $27.50

Hoffman My Happiness Bears No Relation to Happiness 978-0-300-14150-4 $27.50

Haynes and Klehr Spies 978-0-300-12390-6 $35.00

Bray Wetware 978-0-300-14173-3 $28.00

Rubin Mother of God 978-0-300-10500-1 $35.00

Morris One State, Two States 978-0-300-12281-7 $26.00

Zipperstein Rosenfeld’s Live 978-0-300-12649-5 $27.50

Reader Potato 978-0-300-14109-2 $28.00

Goldsworthy How Rome Fell 978-0-300-13719-4 $32.50

Eagleton Reason, Faith, and Revolution 978-0-300-15179-4 $25.00

Recent General Interest Highlights

Recently Published

HOLMAN HUNT AND THE PRE-RAPHAELITE VISION Edited by Katharine Lochnan and Carol Jacobi Beautifully illustrated with some of the best-loved works in British art, this book explores the nature and significance of William Holman Hunt’s vision and its relevance to modern audiences. Published in association with The Art Gallery of Ontario, Toronto January 2009 Art 224 pp. 100 b/w + 100 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14832-9 $75.00sc

THE PHOTOGRAPHS OF HOMER PAGE The Guggenheim Year: New York, 1949–50 Keith F. Davis This book—the first on this brilliant but little-known documentary photographer— focuses on Homer Page’s New York photographs taken while he was a Guggenheim Fellow during the late ’40s. Distributed for The Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art April Photography 144 pp. 98 tritone illus. 11 x 11 paper over board 978-0-300-15443-6

$50.00

SOL LEWITT 100 Views Edited by Susan M. Cross and Denise Markonish Published to accompany MASS MoCA’s landmark installation of LeWitt’s innovative wall drawings, this book celebrates the artist and his illustrious 50-year career. Published in association with Mass MoCA May Art 272 pp. 88 b/w + 93 color illus. 8 3/4 x 10 paper 978-0-300-15282-1 $45.00

LUIS MELÉNDEZ Master of the Spanish Still Life Gretchen Hirschauer and Catherine Metzger; with contributions by Peter Cherry and Natacha Seseña An exquisite look at the life and work of Luis Meléndez, one of 18th-century Europe’s greatest still-life painters. Published in association with the National Gallery of Art, Washington June Art 200 pp. 40 b/w + 143 color illus. 978-0-300-15880-9 $60.00

9 3/8 x 11 1/2

Now available in paperback

Previoulsy announced S’07

WHATEVER HAPPENED TO THRIFT?

THE WARSAW GHETTO

Why Americans Don’t Save and What to Do about It

Barbara Engelking and Jacek Leociak

A Guide to the Perished City

Ronald T. Wilcox May Economics 176 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15824-3 $20.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12451-4 $30.00sc

July History 936 pp. 250 b/w + 36 color illus.; 3 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11234-4 $75.00sc

Recently Published

1

Previously announced

JOHN GUTMANN The Photographer at Work Sally Stein With an introduction by Douglas R. Nickel Contribution by Amy Rule A revealing look at the work and life of an exceptional 20th-century photographer, based on his own archive of photographs and papers Announced Fall ‘08 September Photography 180 pp. 175 duotone illus. 9 3/8 x 11 7/8 978-0-300-12331-9 $50.00

Published in association with the Center for Creative Photography

THE MODERN WING Renzo Piano and The Art Institute of Chicago James Cuno, Paul Goldberger, and Joseph Rosa With a photographic portfolio by Judith Turner A behind-the-scenes look at celebrated architect Renzo Piano's highly anticipated addition to The Art Institute of Chicago Announced Spring ‘09 Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

160 pp.

November Architecture 20 duotone + 140 color illus. 10 x 11 978-0-300-14112-2 $60.00

THROUGH THE SEASONS Japanese Art in Nature Miyeko Murase A handsomely illustrated overview of the history of Japanese paintings of nature Exhibition schedule:

Announced Fall ‘08 ♦ Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute (6/7/09 – 10/18/09) August Art 84 pp. 25 color illus., Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art including 3 gatefolds 9 1/4 x 9 Institute, Williamstown, Massachusetts paper orig. 978-0-300-14188-7 $19.95sc

FRIENDSHIP AND LOSS IN THE VICTORIAN PORTRAIT “May Sartoris” by Frederic Leighton Malcolm Warner This original study analyzes Frederic Leighton’s portrait of May Sartoris, placing the work within the tradition of British child portraiture. Announced Fall ‘07 Kimbell Masterpiece Series Distributed for the Kimbell Art Museum, Fort Worth

September Art 84 pp. 8 b/w + 42 color illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 paper with flaps 978-0-300-12135-3 $16.95sc

PIERRE PUVIS DE CHAVANNES Aimée Brown Price These two companion volumes—a critical study of the artist's life and art, and a catalogue raisonné of his paintings—restore Puvis to the pantheon of modern masters. Announced Fall ’08 September Art 450 pp. 1,000 illus. 9 5/8 x 11 5/8 Slipcased set 978-0-300-11571-0 $250.00sc

2

Previously Announced

Art & Architecture

Art & Architecture

3

W H I T N E Y M U S E U M O F A M E R I CA N A RT

GEORGIA O’KEEFFE Abstraction Edited by Barbara Haskell With essays by Barbara Haskell, Barbara Buhler Lynes, Bruce Robertson, and Elizabeth Hutton Turner

A fresh look at Georgia O’Keeffe that repositions one of America’s favorite 20th-century artists as a foremost abstractionist

A

lthough Georgia O’Keeffe (1887–1986) has long been regarded as a central figure in 20th-century art, the abstract works she created throughout her career have remained critically and popularly overlooked in favor of her representational subjects. Beginning with charcoal drawings made in 1915, which were among the most radical creations produced in the United States at that time, O’Keeffe sought to transcribe pure emotion in her work. While her output of abstract work declined after 1930, she returned to abstraction in the 1950s with a new vocabulary that provided a precedent for a younger generation of abstractionists. By devoting itself to this largely unexplored area of her work, Georgia O’Keeffe: Abstraction is an overdue acknowledgment of her place as one of America’s first abstractionists.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Whitney Museum of American Art

(9/17/09 – 1/17/10) ♦ The Phillips Collection, Washington,

D.C. (2/6/10 – 5/9/10) ♦ Georgia O’Keeffe Museum,

Santa Fe (5/28/10 – 9/12/10) Published in association with the Whitney Museum of American Art, The Phillips Collection, and the Georgia O’Keeffe Museum

In addition to rethinking O’Keeffe’s role in the development of a uniquely American abstract style, this book chronicles the shifts and changes in subject matter and style over the span of her long career. It adds significant new insight into her life, reproducing excerpts of previously sealed letters written by O’Keeffe to photographer and gallerist Alfred Stieglitz, whom she married in 1924. These previously unpublished letters, along with other primary documents referenced by the authors, offer an intimate glimpse into her creative method and intentions as an artist. B A R B A R A H A S K E L L is Curator at the Whitney Museum of American Art, New York. B A R B A R A B U H L E R LY N E S is Curator at the Georgia O’Keeffe Museum and the Emily Fisher Landau Director of the Georgia O’Keeffe Museum Research Center in Santa Fe. B R U C E R O B E R T S O N is Professor of the History of Art and Architecture at the University of California, Santa Barbara. E L I Z A B E T H H U T T O N T U R N E R is Professor and Vice Provost for the Arts at the University of Virginia and Guest Curator at the Phillips Collection. 4

Art & Architecture

September Art 256 pp. 26 duotone + 202 color illus. 9 1/2 x 11 978-0-300-14817-6 $65.00

P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT

MARCEL DUCHAMP Étant donnés Michael R. Taylor With contributions by Andrew Lins, Melissa S. Meighan, and Beth A. Price, Ken Sutherland, Scott Homolka, and Elena Torok

I

n his early thirties, Marcel Duchamp (1887–1968) convinced everyone that he had abandoned making art in favor of playing chess. But from 1946 to 1966, he was secretly at work in his studio on West 14th Street in New York City. There he produced his final masterpiece: Étant donnés: 1º la chute d’eau, 2º le gaz d’éclairage, comprising a battered wood door through which one views a prone, nude female, holding aloft an antique gas lamp against a landscape of trees, waterfall, and sky. Unveiled as a permanent installation at the Philadelphia Museum of Art in July 1969, the year after Duchamp’s death, it startled the art world with its explicit eroticism and voyeurism, as well as its trompe l’oeil realism. Since its public debut, Étant donnés has been recognized as one of the most important and enigmatic works of the 20th century.

Published to commemorate the fortieth anniversary of the original installation of Étant donnés and to accompany the first major exhibition on the artwork and its studies, this richly illustrated book presents a wealth of new research and documents that draw upon previously unpublished works of art and materials. The catalogue also examines the critical and artistic reception of Étant donnés, as evidenced by the subsequent work of Les Levine, Hannah Wilke, Robert Gober, Marcel Dzama, Ray Johnson, and other artists who have engaged with Duchamp’s provocative and challenging tableau-construction.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art

(8/15/09 – 11/29/09)

August Art 460 pp. 238 b/w + 360 color illus. 9 x 11 3/4 978-0-300-14979-1 $65.00

MANUAL OF INSTRUCTIONS Étant donnés: 1º la chute d’eau, 2º le gaz d’éclairage… Revised edition Marcel Duchamp With a preface by Anne d’Harnoncourt and an essay by Michael R. Taylor

O

ut of print for a number of years, this facsimile of Marcel Duchamp’s Manual of Instructions was prepared by the artist for the disassembly of Étant donnés in his New York studio and its reassembly at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. First published more than twenty years ago, the manual has had far-reaching ramifications for the study of Étant donnés and Duchamp. Illustrated with 116 black-and-white Polaroids taken by the artist and 35 pages of his handwritten notes and sketches, the revised edition includes a new essay by Michael R. Taylor on the pivotal importance of the manual to an understanding of Duchamp’s artistic practice as well as the first English translation of the artist’s text.

August Art 66 pp. 119 b/w + 18 color illus. 10 3/4 x 12 978-0-300-14980-7 $40.00

M I C H A E L R . TAY L O R is the Muriel and Philip Berman Curator of Modern Art, and the late A N N E D ’ H A R N O N C O U R T was formerly the Director, both at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

Art & Architecture

5

Newly Available from Yale

AMERICAN QUILTS AND COVERLETS IN THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Amelia Peck With the assistance of Cynthia V. A. Schaffner Technical appendix by Elena Phipps

T

his handsome book showcases the Metropolitan Museum’s superb collection of 151 American quilts and coverlets. First published in 1990 and revised in 2007 to feature 32 new acquisitions and updated scholarship, this volume chronicles the development of quilt and coverlet production in the United States from the 18th through the 20th century, provides a glimpse into the lives of the makers and recipients of these pieces, and discusses their emergence as works of art. Each work is catalogued with a description and essential information on materials, condition, publications, and references. Also included is an illustrated survey of materials and techniques used in the creation of these works.

A M E L I A P E C K is Marica F. Vilcek Curator of American Decorative Arts and C Y N T H I A V. A . S C H A F F N E R is research associate, Department of American Decorative Arts at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. E L E N A P H I P P S is senior museum conservator in the Department of Textile Conservation at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

August Decorative Arts 320 pp. 50 b/w + 300 color illus. 10 x 11 978-0-300-15903-5 $29.95 previously MQ Publications (F’07) 978-0979740008

ROBERT INDIANA AND THE STAR OF HOPE John Wilmerding and Michael K. Komanecky

P

erhaps best known for his iconic paintings and sculptures of LOVE, also featured on a U.S. postage stamp, and HOPE, created in support of Barack Obama’s 2008 presidential campaign, Robert Indiana (b. 1928) has been living and working in Maine since 1978. The Star of Hope, his year-round home and studio on the island of Vinalhaven, is a former late 19th-century Odd Fellows lodge listed on the National Register of Historic Places. Robert Indiana and the Star of Hope is both a retrospective of the artist’s work based on his own holdings and an unprecedented study of his living and working space. His studio is a home, museum, archive, and gallery, all set within the historic interiors of the former Odd Fellows lodge. This book offers a unique examination of how Indiana’s work has unfolded since his move to Vinalhaven and includes works from his student days to storied sculptures such as EAT, prematurely removed from the 1964 New York World’s Fair and not exhibited since.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Farnsworth Art Museum, Rockland,

Maine (6/20/09 – 10/25/09) Distributed for the Farnsworth Art Museum

J O H N W I L M E R D I N G is Christopher B. Sarofim ‘86 Professor of American Art, Emeritus, Department of Art and Archaeology, Princeton University. M I C H A E L K . K O M A N E C K Y is the Interim Director and Chief Curator of the Farnsworth Art Museum, Rockland, Maine. 6

Art & Architecture

128 pp.

August Art 1 b/w + 99 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 978-0-300-15470-2 $45.00

WILLIE DOHERTY: REQUISITE DISTANCE Ghost Story and Landscape Charles Wylie With a contribution by Erin K. Murphy

T

he art of Willie Doherty (b. 1959), one of Northern Ireland’s most important artists, joins history, memory, and language into an enveloping experience. This catalogue features two bodies of Doherty’s work: Ghost Story, a tensely beautiful 15-minute media work based on landscape and memory, and a selection of photographs of the borderlands between Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland. Arising from the region’s Troubles, Doherty’s art is nonetheless universal in effect and can be seen independent of any specific context. Charles Wylie’s essay deals with how Ghost Story evokes a mind at work trying to recall unsettling things, and the impact of memory on the present. Through vivid imagery, Doherty creates a cinematic tale of quiet suspense whose evocative text (written by Doherty and published here in its entirety) is narrated by the actor Stephen Rea. Critically acclaimed at the 2007 Venice Biennale, Ghost Story is paired with eleven large-scale color photographs that powerfully depict the famed Irish landscape as a site of unease amidst lyrical beauty.

C H A R L E S W Y L I E is The Lupe Murchison Curator of Contemporary Art, Dallas Museum of Art, and author of Sigmar Polke: The Dream of Menelaus (p. 10), Robert Ryman, and Sigmar Polke: History of Everything.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Dallas Museum of Art

(5/23/09 – 8/16/09) ♦ Snite Museum of Art, University of

Notre Dame, Indiana (fall 2010) Distributed for the Dallas Museum of Art

August Art 96 pp. 65 color illus. 10 x 8 1/2 paper over board 978-0-300-15255-5 $24.95

EVA HESSE Studiowork Briony Fer

T

hroughout her career, Eva Hesse (1936–1970) produced a significant number of small, experimental works alongside her largescale sculpture. These so-called “test pieces” were made in a wide range of materials, including latex, wire-mesh, sculp-metal, wax, and cheesecloth. Rather than considering them simply technical explorations, the art historian Briony Fer renames these small objects studiowork and argues that they put in question conventional notions of what sculpture is.

The book contains a comprehensive catalogue of the studiowork, including many new works that have never before been seen in public. Although previously these small objects were considered peripheral to the major sculptures, this fascinating new study argues that they force us to ask fundamental questions, not just about what an artwork is, but about the work that art does in our culture.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Fruitmarket Gallery, Edinburgh

(7/30/09 – 10/25/09) ♦ Camden Arts Centre, London

(11/27/09 – 1/24/10) ♦ Tapies Foundation, Barcelona

(dates to be determined) ♦ Art Gallery of Ontario, Canada

Distributed for the Fruitmarket Gallery

(dates to be determined) ♦ Berkeley Art Museum

(dates to be determined) B R I O N Y F E R is Professor of Art History at University College London and is author of The Infinite Line: Re-making Art After Modernism and On Abstract Art.

August Art 240 pp. 200 color illus. 8 1/4 x 9 3/4 978-0-300-13476-6 $50.00

Art & Architecture

7

T H E PAU L M E L L O N C E N T R E F O R S T U D I E S I N B R I T I S H A RT

ELIZABETHAN ARCHITECTURE Mark Girouard

The renowned author of Life in the English Country House explores the rich field of Elizabethan and Jacobean architecture

E

lizabethan and Jacobean architecture—the uniquely strange and exciting buildings built by the great and powerful, ranging from huge houses to gem-like pavilions and lodges designed for feasting and hunting—is a phenomenon as remarkable as the literature that accompanied it, the literature of Shakespeare, Spenser, Sidney, Marlow, and others. In this beautiful and fascinating book, Mark Girouard discusses social structure and the way of life behind it, the evolution of the house plan, the excitement of English patrons and craftsmen as they learned not only about the classic Five Orders and the buildings of Ancient Rome, the surprising wealth of architectural drawings that survive from the period, the inroads of foreign craftsmen who brought new fashions in ornament, but also the strength of the native tradition that was creatively integrated with the “antique” style. Behind the book is a vivid consciousness of the European scene: Italy, France, central Europe, and above all the Low Countries and their influence on England. But the principal argument of the book is the unique individuality of the English achievement.

Published in association with the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

✦ ALSO BY MARK GIROUARD:

Life in the English Country House A Social and Architectural History paper 978-0-300-05870-3

$45.00sc

The English Town A History of Urban Life paper 978-0-300-06321-9

$42.00tx

The result of new research and fieldwork, as well as a lifetime’s observation and scholarship, this remarkable book displays Girouard’s sense of style and his enduring excitement for the architecture of the period.

M A R K G I R O U A R D is a freelance architectural historian and writer. 8

Art & Architecture

August Architecture 150 b/w + 150 color illus. 9 5/8 x 11 1/4 978-0-300-09386-5 $65.00

288 pp.

SARGENT AND THE SEA Edited by Sarah Cash and Richard Ormond

Ships and the sea through the eyes of one of the most remarkable painters of the early 20th century

A

s a young man the American painter John Singer Sargent (1856–1925) was passionate about the sea and deeply knowledgeable about ships and seafaring. Between the ages of 18 and 23 he started his career as a professional painter with a remarkable range of maritime works that form the subject of this exhibition and book. The key works are the two versions of the Oyster Gatherers of Cancale, painted in 1878 on the northern coast of Brittany in France, and the group of studies and sketches around them.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Corcoran Gallery, Washington

(9/12/09 – 1/3/10) ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

(2/14/10 – 5/23/10) ♦ Royal Academy of Arts, London

The authors relate Sargent’s freely handled marine drawings, large and small, to his watercolors, oil sketches, and finished oil paintings of marine subjects. The works demonstrate his transition from a plein-air painter to a tonalist exploring interiors and urban scenes. Also presented is a unique scrapbook, held by the Metropolitan Museum of Art, that includes more than 50 drawings and sketches, mostly of sea scenes, and postcards and commercial photography of works of art, architecture, and tourist views. This scrapbook provides an intimate glimpse at the thoughts and experiences of the young artist on his first European voyage.

S A R A H C A S H is the Bechhoefer Curator of American Art at the Corcoran Gallery, where she has curated shows including Encouraging American Genius; Norman Rockwell’s Four Freedoms; and The Gilded Cage: Views of American Women. R I C H A R D O R M O N D is director of the Sargent catalogue raisonné project and the artist’s great-nephew. He was formerly director of the National Maritime Museum, London.

(7/10/10 – 9/23/10) Published in association with the Corcoran Gallery, Washington

September Art 192 pp. 30 b/w + 125 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14360-7 $50.00

9

Art & Architecture

REINVENTING RITUAL Contemporary Art and Design for Jewish Life Daniel Belasco With contributions by Arnold M. Eisen, Julie Lasky, Danya Ruttenberg, and Tamar Rubin

A

guidebook to the most current trends in contemporary Jewish art and design, Reinventing Ritual provides an unprecedented look at the work and thought of contemporary artists as they respond to the needs and practices of traditional culture. Beautifully illustrated with new art from Israel, Europe, and the Americas, this publication features both traditional and avant-garde sculpture, textiles, architecture, metalwork, and ceramics by forty leading artists. Author Daniel Belasco surveys current trends in Jewish ritual art and the influences of feminism, environmentalism, multiculturalism, and new media; Julie Lasky provides a groundbreaking discussion of the role of recycling and social consciousness in contemporary Jewish design; Danya Ruttenberg, a recently ordained rabbi, offers a lively perspective on the constantly evolving Jewish impulse “to concretize the encounter with the Divine”; and Arnold M. Eisen writes an absorbing and personal commentary on the role of ritual in Jewish life today.

D A N I E L B E L A S C O is the Henry J. Leir Assistant Curator at The Jewish Museum.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Jewish Museum, New York

(9/13/09 – 2/7/10) ♦ Contemporary Jewish Museum,

San Francisco (4/22/10 – 9/28/10) Published in association with The Jewish Museum September Art/Jewish Studies 176 pp. 10 b/w + 93 color illus. 7 x 10 978-0-300-14682-0 $39.95

SIGMAR POLKE The Dream of Menelaus Charles Wylie With a contribution by Anne Bromberg

S

igmar Polke (b. 1941) has experimented with a wide range of styles and subject matter, bringing together imagery from contradictory and unexpected sources, merging the historical and contemporary, and using a variety of different materials and techniques. This catalogue features Polke’s major four-painting cycle, The Dream of Menelaus, one of the artist’s most beautiful and challenging. Citing the story of Menelaus, the mythical Greek hero whose wife Helen’s abduction started the Trojan War, Polke’s cycle alludes to eternal themes of love and war with a typically elusive yet analytic beauty. Here Polke has merged classical and contemporary images to reveal unexpected parallels between mythical histories and present-day realities, all the while creating four paintings of an unsurpassed mastery of the painting medium itself.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Dallas Museum of Art (Fall ‘09)

Distributed for the Dallas Museum of Art

C H A R L E S W Y L I E is The Lupe Murchison Curator of Contemporary Art, Dallas Museum of Art, and author of Willie Doherty: Requisite Distance (p. 7), Robert Ryman, and Sigmar Polke: History of Everything. September Art A N N E B R O M B E R G is The Cecil and Ida Green Curator of Ancient 64 pp. 6 b/w + 40 color illus. 9 x 12 paper with flaps 978-0-300-15900-4 $19.95 and South Asian Art, Dallas Museum of Art. 10

Art & Architecture

CÉZANNE AND AMERICAN MODERNISM Gail Stavitsky and Katherine Rothkopf With essays by Gail Stavitsky, Jill Anderson Kyle, Jayne S. Warman, Katherine Rothkopf, Ellen Handy, Jerry N. Smith, and Mary Tompkins Lewis

The first in-depth look at Cézanne’s powerful influence in shaping early 20th-century American art

P

aul Cézanne (1839–1906) is one of the great geniuses in the history of art, and his work has influenced a multitude of artists throughout Europe. Across the Atlantic, Cézanne’s paintings had a similarly catalytic effect on artists emerging in the United States during the early 20th century. Cézanne and American Modernism is the first book devoted specifically to his impact on American art and its eager reception there. It shows how American painters and photographers cemented Cézanne’s legacy by spreading their respect and admiration for his vision with their own art, writings, and exhibitions.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

Montclair Art Museum (9/13/09 – 1/3/10)

♦

The Baltimore Museum of Art (2/14/10 – 5/23/10)

♦

Phoenix Art Museum (6/26/10 – 9/26/10)

Published in association with The Baltimore Museum of Art

Examining Cézanne’s influence on more than a generation of American artists, this handsomely illustrated book features paintings and photography by Paul Strand, Marsden Hartley, Man Ray, Alfred Stieglitz, Charles Demuth, Arshile Gorky, Charles Sheeler, Stanton Macdonald-Wright, Maurice Prendergast, Morgan Russell, Max Weber, and many others. Cézanne’s far-reaching transformative impact on each artist’s aesthetic vision is explored, while extensive essays shed new light on a wide range of subjects from American collectors of his work and his shaping of modernism in the American West to the lasting resonance of his art on Abstract Expressionism in the 1950s.

G A I L S TAV I T S K Y is Chief Curator of the Montclair Art Museum in Montclair, New Jersey. K AT H E R I N E R O T H K O P F is Senior Curator of European Painting and Sculpture at The Baltimore Museum of Art.

September Art 376 pp. 190 color illus. 10 x 11 978-0-300-14715-5 $65.00

11

Art & Architecture

MRS. DELANY AND HER CIRCLE Edited by Mark Laird and Alicia Weisberg-Roberts

A

t the age of 72, Mary Delany, née Mary Granville (1700–1788), embarked upon a series of nearly a thousand botanical collages, or “paper mosaics,” which would prove to be the crowning achievement of her rich creative life. These delicate hand-cut floral designs, made by a method of Mrs. Delany’s own invention, vie with the finest botanical works of her time. More than two centuries later her extraordinary work continues to inspire. Although best known for these collages, Mrs. Delany was also an amateur artist, woman of fashion, and commentator on life and society in 18thcentury England and Ireland. Her prolific craft activities not only served to cement personal bonds of friendship, but also allowed her to negotiate the interconnecting artistic, aristocratic, and scientific networks that surrounded her. This ambitious and groundbreaking book, the first to survey the full range of Mrs. Delany’s creative endeavors, reveals the complexity of her engagement with natural science, fashion, and design.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Yale Center for British Art

(9/24/09 – 1/3/10) ♦ Sir John Soane’s Museum, London

(2/18/10 – 5/1/10) Published in association with the Yale Center for British Art

M A R K L A I R D is Senior Lecturer in the Department of Landscape Architecture, Harvard Graduate School of Design. A L I C I A W E I S B E R G - R O B E R T S is assistant curator of 18th and 19th century art at the Walters Art Museum, Baltimore.

September Art/Decorative Arts 416 pp. 10 b/w + 300 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12 978-0-300-14279-2 $75.00

HANGING FIRE Contemporary Art from Pakistan Salima Hashmi With contributions from Iftikhar Dadi, Carla Petievich, Ayesha Jalal, Quddus Mirza, Naazish Ata-Ullah, and Mohsin Hamid

A

ccompanying the first U.S. museum exhibition devoted to contemporary art from Pakistan, this dynamic catalogue provides a groundbreaking look at recent and current trends in Pakistani art. Hanging Fire covers a fascinating range of subjects and media, from installation and video art to sculpture, drawing, and paintings in the “contemporary miniature” tradition. Essays by distinguished contributors from a variety of fields, including Salima Hashmi, Pakistani-American sociologist and historian Ayesha Jalal, and the celebrated novelist Mohsin Hamid, place contemporary Pakistani art in a cultural, historical, and artistic perspective. The book’s title, Hanging Fire, alludes to the contemporary economic, political, and social tensions—both local and global—from which these artists find their creative inspiration. It may also suggest to the viewer to delay judgment, particularly based on assumptions or preconceived notions about contemporary society and artistic expression in Pakistan today.

S A L I M A H A S H M I is dean of the School of Visual Arts at Beaconhouse National University in Lehore, Pakistan. 12

Art & Architecture

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Asia Society and Museum

(9/10/09 – 1/3/10) Distributed for the Asia Society Museum

September Art 160 pp. 90 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-15418-4 $49.95

LEONARDO DA VINCI AND THE ART OF SCULPTURE Gary M. Radke With contributions by Andrea Bernardoni, Martin J. Kemp, Pietro C. Marani, Tommaso Mozzati, Philippe Sènèchal, and Darin Stine

An innovative look at Leonardo through the lens of the sculpture that he studied, the sculptural projects that he undertook, and the sculptural works that he inspired

L

eonardo da Vinci (1452–1519) is renowned as a painter, designer, draftsman, architect, engineer, scientist, and theorist. His work as a sculptor is not commonly acknowledged, and many have argued that Leonardo believed that sculpture was an inferior art form (“of lesser genius than painting”). Challenging and overturning these assumptions, Leonardo da Vinci and the Art of Sculpture looks at the sculptural projects that the artist undertook, as well as the late Renaissance sculptures that were indebted to him.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

High Museum of Art, Atlanta (10/03/09 – 02/21/10)

♦

J. Paul Getty Museum (3/23/10 – 6/20/10)

Published in association with the High Museum of Art

Leonardo consistently drew inspiration from ancient sculpture, admired the work of such contemporary sculptural innovators as Donatello, and even trained under Andrea del Verrocchio, the preeminent bronze sculptor of late 15th-century Florence. Furthermore, Leonardo spent many years of his life working on two larger-than-life-sized horse sculptures—Sforza and Trivulzio—for King Francis I. Although neither was completed, the authors argue that these equestrian monuments show how Leonardo was intensely engaged with the design dilemmas of representing a horse rearing on its hind legs. Another highlight of the book is a group of new images of the Sermon of St. John, a recently restored large-scale work in the Florentine Baptistery that clearly demonstrates Leonardo’s collaboration with Giovanni Rustici.

G A R Y M . R A D K E is Professor of Fine Arts at Syracuse University.

October Art 224 pp. 154 color illus. 10 x 12 978-0-300-15473-3 $50.00

13

Art & Architecture

CHAOTIC HARMONY Contemporary Korean Photography Anne Wilkes Tucker and Karen Sinsheimer With Bohnchang Koo

R

ecently contemporary Korean art has garnered significant international recognition, in part for the work of photographers Atta Kim and Bae Bien-U. Now, this richly illustrated book brings their work together with that of forty other up-and-coming Korean artists, each working to stretch the bounds of the photographic medium. One of the first books on the subject, Chaotic Harmony features essays by Anne Wilkes Tucker and Karen Sinsheimer exploring the notions of urbanization, politics, identity, community, globalization, tradition, and fantasy in today’s Korean photography. A chronology of recent developments, prepared by noted photographer Bohnchang Koo, also accompanies brief biographies of the artists, as well as a complete checklist of the exhibition. This catalogue sheds a new light on Korean photographers’ little-known contributions to the world arena of contemporary art.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

(10/18/09 – 1/3/10) ♦ Santa Barbara Museum of Art

(5/10 – 7/10)

A N N E W I L K E S T U C K E R is the Gus and Lyndall Wortham Curator of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. She is the author of The Great Wall of China: Photographs by Chen Changfen and coauthor of The History of Japanese Photography. K A R E N S I N S H E I M E R is the curator of photography at the Santa Barbara Museum of Art.

Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, and the Santa Barbara Museum of Art October Photography 128 pp. 65 color illus. 8 3/4 x 10 1/2 paper 978-0-300-15753-6 $35.00

SERIZAWA Master of Japanese Textile Design Edited by Joe Earle With contributions by Kim Brandt, Matthew Fraleigh, Shukuko Hamada, Terry Satsuki Milhaupt, Hiroshi Mizuo, and Amanda Mayer Stinchecum

D

esignated a Living National Treasure in 1956, Serizawa Keisuke (1895–1984) was one of the greatest artists of 20th-century Japan. This is the first book in English to trace Serizawa’s artistic biography in detail using the finest examples of his work from leading Japanese collections. A major exponent of the mingei (people’s crafts) movement, Serizawa achieved fame as a textile designer using traditional stencil-dyeing techniques and often working in large-scale formats such as folding screens or kimonos. The stunning works in this catalogue are important not only for the originality of their conception, but also for the variety of their materials: cotton, silk, hemp and a range of other fibers, and paper decorated with the brilliant yet warm hues of vegetable dyes. Dramatic in design, Serizawa’s textiles have an expressive power that far transcends expectations of a “craft” medium. J O E E A R L E is vice president and director of the gallery at Japan Society in New York City. He is the author of New Bamboo: Contemporary Japanese Masters and Buriki: Japanese Tin Toys from the Golden Age of the American Automobile. 14

Art & Architecture

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Japan Society Gallery, New York

(10/2/09 – 1/10/10) Published in association with the Japan Society

October Art 144 pp. 145 color illus. 10 x 9 1/2 paper with flaps 978-0-300-15047-6 $35.00

P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT

ARSHILE GORKY A Retrospective Edited by Michael R. Taylor With essays by Michael R. Taylor, Kim S. Theriault, Jody Patterson, Harry Cooper, and Robert Storr Chronology by Melissa Kerr

The first major retrospective in a generation on a seminal figure in the development of American abstraction

A

rshile Gorky (c. 1904–1948) was one of the central figures in American art’s shift toward abstraction during the first half of the 20th century. Accompanying the first major retrospective of his work in almost thirty years, this stunning book traces the evolution of Gorky’s arresting visual style. Nearly 200 paintings, drawings, sculptures, and prints from all phases of his career, a number of which are published here for the first time, are beautifully reproduced, including a large figurative painting from 1927 known previously only through its preparatory studies. Throughout the volume, some of Gorky’s best-known and most powerful works are paired with related pieces or with meticulous preliminary studies, shedding new light on his artistic process. Illustrated essays incorporating recently discovered biographical information and photographs examine his experience of the Armenian genocide (during which he witnessed the death of his mother), his collaboration with the Works Progress Administration, and his early explorations of abstraction and Surrealism, providing important reassessments of his life and career.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art

(10/15/09 – 1/10/10) ♦ Tate Modern, London

(2/10 – 5/10) ♦ Museum of Contemporary Art,

Los Angeles (6/10 – 9/10) Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

Admired by many of his contemporaries and hugely influential on subsequent generations of artists, Gorky created a complex and deeply moving body of work that encompasses styles ranging from Impressionism to Cubism, Surrealism, and the beginnings of Abstract Expressionism.

M I C H A E L R . TAY L O R is the Muriel and Philip Berman Curator of Modern Art at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. He is also the author of Marcel Duchamp: Étant donnés (page 5) and an introduction to the revised edition of Duchamp’s Manual of Instructions for Étant donnés (page 5).

October Art 400 pp. 40 b/w + 270 color illus. 9 x 11 3/4 978-0-300-15441-2 $65.00

15

Art & Architecture

NEXUS NEW YORK Joaquín Torres-García, Fourteenth Street, 1920. Oil on board, 22 x 18 inches. Courtesy CDS Gallery, New York.

Latin/American Artists in the Modern Metropolis Edited by Deborah Cullen With essays by Elvis Fuentes, Michele Greet, Katherine Manthorne, Katy Rogers, Antonio Saborit, Cecilia de Torres, and James Weschler

B

etween 1900 and 1942, New York City was the site of extraordinary creative exchange where artists could share ideas in a global context. The swiftly changing urban landscape before and between the World Wars inspired the erosion of artistic boundaries and fostered a new climate of modernist experimentation. Nexus New York focuses on key artists from the Caribbean and Latin America who entered into dynamic cultural and social dialogues with the American-based avantgarde and participated in the development of a new modern discourse. Featuring both celebrated and little-known figures of this period, including Carlos Enríquez, Alice Neel, Marius de Zayas, Francis Picabia, Joaquín Torres-Garcia, Matta, Robert Motherwell, and José Clemente Orozco, contributing authors also discuss the specific environments in which they flourished, including the Art Students League, the Siqueiros Experimental Workshop, and the New School for Social Research. A fascinating look at 20th-century modernism, this book provides the first view of the important encounters between artists of the Americas.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

El Museo del Barrio, New York (10/17/09 – 2/28/10)

Published in association with El Museo del Barrio, New York

Bilingual English/Spanish September Art D E B O R A H C U L L E N is Director of Curatorial Programs at El Museo 272 pp. 30 b/w & 60 color illus. 8 x 10 del Barrio. paper with flaps 978-0-300-15896-0 $45.00

STEVE WOLFE ON PAPER Carter E. Foster and Franklin Sirmans

W

orking in the tradition of trompe l’oeil, Steve Wolfe (b. 1955) creates careful replicas of classic books, worn album covers, and vinyl records, crafted from modeling paste, screenprints, drawings, and many other media. Wolfe’s reproductions embrace the tattered jackets, aged paper, and worn corners that come with the consumption of the culture within. These marks become records of time and memory representing the intersection of abstract thought and physical substance. With painstakingly composed illusion, these objects fall within the tradition of trompe l’oeil and blur the line between everyday object and art. This book focuses on Wolfe’s works on paper, including drawings and pieces that combine drawing with painting, collage, and printmaking. Although his work is included in numerous museum collections and has appeared in several group shows, this is the first major publication on this important emerging artist.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Whitney Museum of American Art,

New York (9/09 – 11/09) ♦ The Menil Collection, Houston

(4/12/10 – 8/15/10) Distributed for the Whitney Museum of American Art and The Menil Collection C A R T E R E . F O S T E R is curator and curator of drawings at the Whitney Museum of American Art. F R A N K L I N S I R M A N S is curator of modern and contemporary art at The Menil Collection. 16

Art & Architecture

October Art 96 pp. 45 color illus. 7 1/2 x 11 1/4 978-0-300-15898-4 $19.95

T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T

AMERICAN STORIES Paintings of Everyday Life, 1765–1915 Edited by H. Barbara Weinberg and Carrie Rebora Barratt Essays by Carrie Rebora Barratt, Margaret C. Conrads, Bruce Robertson, and H. Barbara Weinberg

A fresh look at American narrative painting

T

his beautiful volume explores American paintings of people engaged in the tasks and pleasures of everyday life between the colonial era and World War I. These works reflect key historical and cultural developments, including the growth of industrialization, urbanization, and immigration; changing gender roles; and the shifting location and meaning of the frontier. Focusing on leading artists, from John Singleton Copley to John Sloan, the authors address narrative content in colonial and early national portraits; genre scenes of the Jacksonian period; images from the Civil War era; and works by American Impressionists and realists in the decades before and after 1900. Like the exhibition it accompanies, the book reflects transformations in artists’ aspirations and viewers’ expectations as America evolved from isolated British outpost to leading independent participant in international affairs.

H . B A R B A R A W E I N B E R G is Alice Pratt Brown Curator of American Paintings and Sculpture, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. C A R R I E R E B O R A B A R R AT T is Curator of American Paintings and Sculpture and Manager of The Henry R. Luce Center for the Study of American Art, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. M A R G A R E T C . C O N R A D S is Samuel Sosland Curator of American Art, The Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art, Kansas City, Missouri. B R U C E R O B E R T S O N is Professor of Art History, University of California, Santa Barbara, and Consulting Curator, Department of American Art, Los Angeles County Museum of Art.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

The Metropolitan Museum of Art (10/6/09 – 1/24/10)

♦

Los Angeles County Museum of Art (2/28/10 – 5/23/10)

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

October Art 256 pp. 70 b/w + 135 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-15508-2 $65.00

17

Art & Architecture

WATTEAU, MUSIC, AND THEATER Edited by Katharine Baetjer With contributions by Pierre Rosenberg, Katharine Baetjer, Perrin Stein, Jeffrey Munger, Jayson Dobney, and Georgia J. Cowart

A

ccompanying an exhibition in honor of Philippe de Montebello, Director Emeritus of The Metropolitan Museum of Art, this engaging book examines the influence of music and theater on the art of Jean-Antoine Watteau (1684–1721). Fifteen major paintings and a number of drawings by Watteau that illustrate the connections between painting and the performing arts in Paris are explored. In addition, drawings and prints by other 18th-century artists featuring musical or theatrical subjects and objects and musical instruments are included.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(9/22/09 – 11/29/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art K AT H A R I N E B A E T J E R is a Curator in the Metropolitan Museum’s Department of European Paintings. P I E R R E R O S E N B E R G is Honorary President-Director of the Musée du Louvre, Paris. P E R R I N S T E I N is a Curator in the Department of Drawings and Prints, J E F F R E Y M U N G E R is Curator in the Department of European Sculpture and Decorative Arts, and J AY S O N D O B N E Y is an Associate Curator in the Department of Musical Instruments. G E O R G I A J . C O WA R T is Professor of Music at Case Western Reserve University.

October Art 176 pp. 10 b/w + 75 color illus. 10 x 9 978-0-300-15507-5 $45.00

HEROES Mortals and Myths in Ancient Greece Edited by Sabine Albersmeier With essays by Michael J. Anderson, Jorge J. Bravo III, Gunnel Ekroth, Ralf von den Hoff, Jennifer Larson, Jenifer Neils, John H. Oakley, Corinne Ondine Pache, and H. A. Shapiro

T

his handsome volume explores the integral role of heroes in ancient Greek art and culture. More than a hundred stunning statues, reliefs, vases, bronzes, coins, and gems drawn from major American and European collections highlight how heroes were represented, why they were important, and what encouraged individuals to seek them out. To contemporary eyes, Greek heroes embody contradiction: they might have superhuman powers, but their mortality was what made them heroic. Many were regarded as benevolent ancestors with powers to protect and heal, but others were dangerous and haunted spirits of the dead, who had to be appeased. Although epic, drama, and the visual arts abound in representations of heroes whose fame has carried over into modern times, cult and funerary architecture commemorate many more individuals whose names and deeds are entirely lost to us.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Walters Art Museum, Baltimore

(10/11/09 – 1/3/10) ♦ The Frist Center for the Visual Arts,

Nashville (1/29/10 – 4/25/10) ♦ San Diego Museum of Art

(5/22/10 – 8/25/10) ♦ Onassis Cultural Center, New York

(10/4/10 – 1/3/11) Distributed for the Walters Art Museum S A B I N E A L B E R S M E I E R is associate curator of ancient art at the Walters Art Museum, Baltimore. 18

Art & Architecture

October Art/Classics 320 pp. 80 b/w + 130 color illus. 10 1/2 x 12 978-0-300-15472-6 $65.00

AMERICAN BEAUTY Aesthetics and Innovation in Fashion Patricia Mears A stunning tribute to great American fashion designers—both the famous and little known— of the 20th century

T

his beautifully illustrated book is the first to examine the relationship between innovation and aesthetics as expressed by American couturiers and fashion designers from the late 1910s to the present day. The book, which accompanies a major exhibition at The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology, New York, reveals that great design and great style were consistent elements in the work of American’s best fashion designers.

Patricia Mears introduces many great forgotten figures, as well as many familiar names: work by lesser-known figures such as Jessie Franklin Turner, Ronaldus Shamask, and Charles Kleibecker is discussed alongside pieces by more celebrated creators, such as Halston and Charles James; work by designers of the past is juxtaposed with that of present-day designers such as Rick Owens, Yeolee Teng, and Maria Comejo. James’s grand and structurally imposing gowns from the 1950s appear alongside contemporary Infantas by Ralph Rucci; the section on draping juxtaposes 1930s gowns by Elizabeth Hawes and Valentina with more contemporary garments by Jean Yu and Isabel Toledo; clothing cut into pure geometric shapes like circles, triangles, and rectangles is illustrated by World War I–era teagowns by Jessie Franklin Turner, Claire McCardell’s mid-century rompers garments, and modern sportswear by Yeohlee and Shamask.

Ralph Rucci, black silk jersey fluted top, duchess satin skirt with bleached brushstrokes, fall/winter 2003. Photo: William Palmer

Exhibition schedule: ♦

The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology (11/09 – 1/10)

Published in association with The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology

While the United States may be best known worldwide for its casual mass-marketed garments, Mears demonstrates that artistry, innovation, and flawless construction are the true marks of American fashion. PAT R I C I A M E A R S is deputy director of The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology. She is the author of Madame Grès: Sphinx of Fashion and coauthor of Ralph Rucci: The Art of Weightlessness.

January Fashion 192 pp. 120 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12 978-0-300-15535-8 $55.00

19

Art & Architecture

UNPACKING MY LIBRARY Architects and their Books Jo Steffens “I am unpacking my library. Yes, I am. . . . What I am really concerned with is giving you some insight into the relationship of a book collector to his possessions, into collecting rather than a collection.” —Walter Benjamin, 1931

Peter Eisenman at home in New York with his library, 2008.

W

hat does a library say about the mind of its owner? How do books map the intellectual interests, curiosities, tastes, and personalities of their readers? What does the collecting of books have in common with the practice of architecture? Unpacking My Library provides an intimate look at the personal libraries of fourteen of the world’s leading architects, alongside conversations about the significance of books to their careers and lives.

Unpacking My Library features the libraries of: Stan Allen; Henry Cobb; Liz Diller & Ric Scofidio; Peter Eisenman; Michael Graves; Steven Holl; Richard Meier; Toshiko Mori; Michael Sorkin; Bernard Tschumi; Todd Williams & Billie Tsien

Photographs of bookshelves—displaying well-loved and rare volumes, eclectic organizational schemes, and the individual touches that make a bookshelf one’s own—provide an evocative glimpse of their owner’s life. Each architect also presents a reading list of top ten influential titles, from architectural history to theory to fiction and nonfiction, that serves as a personal philosophy of literature and history, and advice on what every young architect, scholar, and lover of architecture should read. An inspiring cross-section of notable libraries, this beautiful book celebrates the arts of reading and collecting.

Published in association with Urban Center Books, The Architecture Bookstore of the Municipal Art Society of New York

J O S T E F F E N S is director of Urban Center Books and editor of Block by Block: Jane Jacobs and the Future of New York City. 20

Art & Architecture

November Architecture/Books about Books 208 pp. 24 b/w + 284 color illus. 8 x 5 1/2 978-0-300-15893-9 $20.00

THE JEWISH MUSEUM

ALIAS MAN RAY Mason Klein With contributions by George Baker, Merry L. Foresta, and Lauren Schell Dickens

“[An artist] so deforms the subject as almost to hide the identity of the original, and creates a new form.”—Man Ray

B

orn Emmanuel Radnitzky, the artist known as Man Ray (1890–1976) revealed multiple artistic identities over the course of his career—New York Dadaist, Parisian Surrealist, international portraitist, and fashion photographer—and produced important works as a photographer, painter, filmmaker, writer, and maker of objects. Alias Man Ray considers how the artist’s life and career were shaped by his turn-of-the-century American Jewish immigrant experience and his lifelong evasion of his past.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

The Jewish Museum, New York (11/15/09 – 3/14/10)

Published in association with The Jewish Museum, New York

As an exploration of the artist’s deliberate cultural ambiguity, which allowed him to become the first American artist to be accepted by the Paris avant garde, this book examines the dynamic connection between Man Ray’s working-class origins, his assimilation, the evolution of his art, and his willful construction of his own artistic persona, as evidenced in a series of subtle, encrypted self-references throughout the artist’s career. Beautifully illustrated, Alias Man Ray will stand as a definitive study of an incomparable figure in 20th-century art.

M A S O N K L E I N is curator of fine arts at The Jewish Museum. G E O R G E B A K E R is associate professor of art history at the University of California, Los Angeles. L A U R E N S C H E L L D I C K E N S is the Neubauer Family Foundation Curatorial Assistant at The Jewish Museum. M E R R Y L . F O R E S TA is the founding director of the Smithsonian Photography Initiative.

November Art 288 pp. 54 b/w + 192 color illus. 9 1/2 x 11 978-0-300-14683-7 $50.00

21

Art & Architecture

AN INTRODUCTION TO ART Charles Harrison

An illuminating guide to understanding works of art made across time, cultures, and media

T

his original and inspiring book offers a clear and wide-ranging introduction to the arts of painting and sculpture, to the principal artistic print media, and to the visual arts of modernism and post-modernism. Covering the entire history of art from Paleolithic cave painting to contemporary art, it provides foundational guidance to the basic character and techniques of the different art forms, to the various genres of painting in the western tradition, and to the techniques of sculpture as they have been practiced over several millenia and across a wide range of cultures. Written in a style that is at once graceful, engaging, and personal as well as analytical and exact, this illuminating book offers an impassioned and timely defense of the importance and value of the firsthand encounter with works of art, whether in museums or in their original locations.

Designed to be useful and attractive to students and teachers of art, art history, and aesthetics, the book will appeal also to the interested general reader and to those visitors to museums and exhibitions who welcome guidance to the objects on display, and to the means of gaining the maximum pleasure and instruction from them. The 250 color illustrations, each with generous, informative captions, include both well-known works and a host of less familiar examples from different cultures and periods.

Bronziono, Portrait of Lucrezia Panciatichi, c.1540, Galleria degli Uffizi, Florence. Photo: Scala Clara Peters, Still Life with Cheeses, Artichokes and Cherries, c.1626, Los Angeles County Museum of Art Michelangelo, New Sacristy, San Lorenzo, Florence, showing tomb of Lorenzo de Medici, 1519-33, marble

C H A R L E S H A R R I S O N is Emeritus Professor of the History and Theory of Art, The Open University. He is the author of numerous books including English Art and Modernism 1900–1939 and, most recently, Since 1950: Art and Its Criticism (page 32). He is co-author of French Painting in the Nineteenth Century, Primitivism, Cubism, Abstraction, and Modernism in Dispute. 22

Art & Architecture

November Art 300 pp. 250 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10 paper with flaps 978-0-300-10915-3 $50.00

INTERACTION OF COLOR New Complete Edition Josef Albers Foreword by Nicholas Fox Weber

A luxurious new two-volume edition of the full set of original plates, text, and commentary

O

ne of the most influential books on color ever published, Josef Albers’s Interaction of Color is a masterwork. Originally issued in 1963 as a limited-edition set of commentary and 150 silkscreened color plates, the book introduced generations of students, artists, designers, and collectors to Albers’s unique approach to complex principles. While the original publication has long been out of print, this beautiful new edition now brings Interaction back into classrooms, studios, and onto bookshelves, where it will find an eager new audience. Lavishly produced as a twovolume slipcased set, this book replicates Albers’s revolutionary exercises, explaining concepts such as color relativity and vibrating and vanishing boundaries through the use of color, shape, die-cut forms, and movable flaps that illustrate his astonishing demonstrations of the changing and relative nature of color. Also included for the first time are new studies from the Albers archive, produced by the artist’s students in the early 1960s.

Plate IV-3, Interaction of Color

Published in association with the Josef and Anni Albers Foundation ✦

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Interaction of Color Revised and Expanded Edition paper (S ‘06) 978-0-300-11595-6

$15.00

More than 250,000 copies of Interaction of Color have been sold in its various editions

A celebration of Albers’s legendary achievements, this beautiful publication is an essential addition to any serious art library.

J O S E F A L B E R S , one of the most influential artist-educators of the 20th century, was a member of the Bauhaus group in Germany during the 1920s. In 1933 he came to the United States, where he taught at Black Mountain College for sixteen years. In 1950 he joined the faculty at Yale University as chairman of the Department of Design. The recipient of numerous awards and honorary degrees, Albers was elected to the National Institute of Arts and Letters in 1968 and was professor emeritus of art at Yale until his death in 1976. N I C H O L A S F O X W E B E R is Executive Director of the Josef and Anni Albers Foundation.

November Art Cloth set (slipcased) Volume 1: 144 pp. Volume 2: 156 pp. 150 color illus. 11 x 13 1/2 978-0-300-14693-6 $200.00

23

Art & Architecture

T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T

ART OF THE SAMURAI Japanese Arms and Armor, 1156–1868 Edited by Morihiro Ogawa

A magnificent and unprecedented survey of the arts of the samurai

S

amurai arms and equipment are widely recognized as masterpieces in steel, silk, and lacquer. This extensively illustrated volume is published in conjunction with the first comprehensive exhibition devoted to the arts of the samurai. It includes the finest examples of swords—the spirit of the samurai—as well as sword mountings and fittings, armor and helmets, saddles, banners, and paintings. The objects in the catalogue, drawn entirely from public and private collections in Japan, feature more than 100 officially designated national treasures and important cultural properties. Dating from the 5th to the 19th century, these majestic works offer a complete picture of samurai culture and its unique blend of the martial and the refined.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

The Metropolitan Museum of Art (10/20/09 – 1/10/10)

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

Many of the greatest Japanese blade makers are represented in this volume, from the earliest koto- (“old sword”) masters such as Yasuie (12th century) and Tomomitsu (14th century) to the Edo-period smiths Nagasone Kotetsu and Kiyomaro. These blades, cherished as much for their beauty as for their effectiveness, were equipped with elaborate hilts and scabbards prized for their exquisite craftsmanship and materials, including silk, rayskin, gold, lacquer, and alloys unique to Japan, such as shakudo- and shibuichi. Japanese armor is also fully surveyed, from the rarest iron armor of the Kofun period (5th century) to the inventive ceremonial helmets made toward the end of the age of the samurai.

M O R I H I R O O G AWA is Special Consultant for Japanese Arms and Armor, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 24

Art & Architecture

November Art/Decorative Arts 304 pp. 75 b/w + 300 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14205-1 $65.00

N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y, L O N D O N

THE SACRED MADE REAL Spanish Painting and Sculpture 1600–1700 Xavier Bray, Alfonso Rodriguez G. de Ceballos, Daphne Barbour, and Judy Ozone With contributions by Eleanora Luciano, Marjorie Trusted, Rocio Izquierdo Moreno, Maria Fernanda Morón de Castro, Maria del Valme Muñoz Rubio, and Ignacio Hermoso Romero

An in-depth examination of sacred painting and sculpture in early modern Spain

I

n 16th- and 17th-century Spain, sculptors and painters combined their skills to depict, with astonishing realism, the great religious themes. Wooden sculptures of the saints, the Immaculate Conception, or the Passion of Christ were painstakingly carved, gessoed, and intricately painted, even embellished with glass eyes and tears and ivory teeth. Some were shockingly graphic in their depiction of Christ’s sufferings; others, beautifully clothed, appeared to bring saints to glorious life. These were objects of divine inspiration to the faithful, whether displayed on altars or processed through the streets on holy days.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

National Gallery, London (10/09 – 1/10)

♦

National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. (2/10 – 5/10)

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

Featuring new photography, this book reappraises the unique form of Spanish painted wooden sculpture. In addition to examining the sculptures’ religious roles, it also explores the unique creative relationship of sculptor and painter: Velazquez’s teacher and father-in-law Francisco Pacheco, for example, often painted the flesh and drapery of wood carvings by the celebrated sculptor Juan Martinez Montañés, and taught a generation of students. The skill of painting these hyper-realistic sculptures was an integral part of an artist’s training, enhancing his sensitivity to visual impact and physical presence—evident in paintings of the period.

X AV I E R B R AY is Assistant Curator of Seventeenth and EighteenthCentury Painting at the National Gallery, London. A L F O N S O R O D R I G U E Z G . D E C E B A L L O S was formerly Professor at the Universidad Autonoma, Madrid. D A P H N E B A R B O U R is a Senior Objects Conservator and J U D Y O Z O N E is a Senior Objects Conservator, both at the National Gallery of Art, Washington D.C.

November Art 224 pp. 185 color illus. 9 2/3 x 11 1/4 978-1-85709-422-0 $65.00

25

Art & Architecture

A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O

APOSTLES OF BEAUTY Arts and Crafts from Britain to Chicago Edited by Judith A. Barter With essays by Judith A. Barter, Sarah E. Kelly, Ellen E. Roberts, Brandon K. Ruud, and Monica Obniski

An attractive and accessible survey of the Arts and Crafts movement from its beginnings in Britain to its influence on midwestern American design and modernism

T

he Arts and Crafts movement in architecture, interior design, and decorative arts reached its peak between 1880 and 1910 in Britain and North America. The movement’s emphasis on aesthetic quality and a high level of craftsmanship, promoted as an antidote to the ubiquity and uninspired appearance of machine-produced products, remains much admired today. Arts and Crafts enjoyed special resonance in Chicago, the home of Jane Addams’s Hull House, where immigrants and women received training in handicraft skills not only to beautify domestic life but also to provide them with viable, honorable work.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

The Art Institute of Chicago (11/7/09 – 1/31/10)

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

Apostles of Beauty presents outstanding examples by the movement’s British originators, such as William Morris and Charles Robert Ashbee, as well as its greatest American practitioners, such as Gustav Stickley and Frank Lloyd Wright. The volume highlights a wide range of objects, including ceramics, furniture, metalwork, paintings, photographs, and textiles. It focuses on Chicago’s absorption and interpretation of the movement, featuring works from the Art Institute, the University of Chicago, the Frank Lloyd Wright Home and Studio, Crab Tree Farm, and private collections. Contributors to the book explore the complex influences of the Arts and Crafts style and provide a thematic history of the movement, including a section on design and collecting in Chicago.

J U D I T H A . B A R T E R is the Field-McCormick Chair and Curator of American Art; S A R A H E . K E L LY is the Henry and Gilda Buchbinder Family Associate Curator of American Art; E L L E N E . R O B E R T S is Assistant Curator of American Art; B R A N D O N K . R U U D is Assistant Research Curator of American Art; and M O N I C A O B N I S K I is a Research and Exhibition Assistant in the Department of American Art, all at the Art Institute of Chicago. 26

Art & Architecture

November Decorative Arts/Art 208 pp. 220 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-14113-9 $45.00

A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O

PLAYING WITH PICTURES The Art of Victorian Photocollage Elizabeth Siegel With essays by Patrizia Di Bello and Marta Weiss Contributions by Miranda Hofelt

A fascinating exploration of whimsical and fantastical photocollages, an unknown facet of Victorian art

H

uman heads on animal bodies, people in fanciful landscapes, faces that are deftly morphed into common household objects—these are among the Victorian experiments in photocollage seen and explained in this marvelous book. With sharp wit and dramatic shifts of scale, these images flouted the serious conventions of photography in the 1860s and 1870s. Often made by women for albums, they reveal the educated minds and accomplished hands of their makers, taking on the new theory of evolution, addressing the changing role of photography, and challenging the strict conventions of aristocratic society. Although these photocollages may seem wonderfully odd to us now, the authors argue that they are actually perfectly in keeping with the Victorian sensibility that embraced juxtaposition and variety.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

Art Institute of Chicago (10/10/09 – 1/3/10)

♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art,

New York (2/2/10 – 5/9/10) Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

This delightful book, the first to examine comprehensively the little-known phenomenon of Victorian photocollage, presents imagery that has rarely—and, in many cases, never—been displayed or reproduced. Illuminating text provides a history of Victorian photocollage albums, identifies the common motifs found in them, and demonstrates the distinctly modern character of the medium, which paved the way for the future avant-garde potential of both photography and collage.

E L I Z A B E T H S I E G E L is Associate Curator of Photography at the Art Institute of Chicago. PAT R I Z I A D I B E L L O is a lecturer in the history and theory of photography at Birkbeck College, University of London. M A R TA W E I S S is the Curator of Photographs in the Word and Image Department at the Victoria and Albert Museum.

October Photography/Art History 200 pp. 40 b/w + 140 color illus. 11 x 9 3/4 978-0-300-14114-6 $45.00

27

Art & Architecture

ARCHITECTURE ON THE EDGE OF POSTMODERNISM Collected Essays, 1964–1988 Robert A. M. Stern Edited by Cynthia Davidson

R

obert A. M. Stern is one of contemporary architecture’s most influential figures, with a career encompassing every facet of the profession: he has a flourishing private practice; he is a noted authority on New York architectural history; his own architectural work has been featured in numerous monographs; and as Dean of the Yale School of Architecture, he has undeniably shaped the field of architectural education. As a preeminent force in the discourse of the field, Stern was one of the first critics to use and analyze the term “postmodern” in architecture. This collection of essays—Stern’s first—brackets the years defined by the changes in architectural thinking introduced by Robert Venturi in 1966 and the exhibition Deconstructivist Architecture at the Museum of Modern Art in 1988. Throughout, Stern provides close readings of architectural events and offers firsthand accounts of transformations in architectural thinking during a critical period.

R O B E R T A. M. S T E R N is J. M. Hoppin Professor of Architecture and the Dean of the School of Architecture at Yale University. C Y N T H I A D AV I D S O N is the editor of the architecture journal Log.

November Architecture 208 pp. 89 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 10 978-0-300-15397-2 $40.00

KONSTANTIN GRCIC Decisive Design Zoë Ryan

T

Grcic delights in creating fresh takes on familiar industrial objects, whether desks, chairs, benches, stools, a range of kitchen equipment, lamps, a set of salad servers, or Krups coffee makers. In his recent work, he has blended his characteristic simplicity and distinctiveness with the use of new technologies and materials—for example, a cantilevered stacking chair, Myto (2008), is made from a strong, fluid plastic typically used by the automotive industry.

MIURA barstool, 2005, produced by PLANK Photo: Florian Böhm

he hip, functional, and versatile furniture and products of Konstantin Grcic—widely recognized as one of the most important designers working today—are transforming the landscape of contemporary design. This book accompanies the first exhibition in North America of Grcic’s work, highlighting the innovative archetypes of form and concept that have marked his remarkable output since 2004.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago

(10/17/09 – 1/10/10) Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago ♦ A+D Series

Z O Ë R YA N is the Neville Bryan Curator of Design in the Department of Architecture and Design at the Art Institute of Chicago. 28

Art & Architecture

November Design 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 5/16 x 8 1/2 paper 978-0-300-15104-6 $16.95

MODERN ARCHITECTURE Representation and Reality Neil Levine

An original and absorbing interpretation of the history of modern architecture, focusing on a continuous historical development rather than on issues of style

I

n this handsome book, esteemed architectural historian Neil Levine investigates for the first time the complex history of representation—the use and meaning of architectural signifiers—from the 18th through the 20th century. Using the lens of a continuous theoretical argument, Levine provides a detailed survey and critical analysis of major works by a host of modern architects, including ÉtienneLouis Boullée, Nicholas Hawksmoor, Louis Library, Phillips Exeter Academy, Exeter, NH, 1965–72 Kahn, Henri Labrouste, Augustus Welby Pugin, Karl Friedrich Schinkel, John Soane, Louis Sullivan, Mies van der Rohe, Eugène Viollet-le-Duc, and Frank Lloyd Wright. Levine posits that all modern architects, much like visual artists, have had to grapple with issues of representation in their work. Interweaving influential examples from outside the scope of modern architecture, Levine traces the history of representation in architecture, and in writings on architecture, both within each architect’s oeuvre and throughout the centuries discussed. The book features previously unpublished images, many created for this publication, and it addresses a variety of specific cases while offering an original and panoramic view of the history of architecture. Beautifully written and accessible, Modern Architecture is destined to become a classic.

N E I L L E V I N E is the Emmet Blakeney Gleason Professor of History of Art and Architecture at Harvard University. He is the author of numerous books on architecture, including The Architecture of Frank Lloyd Wright.

January Architecture 432 pp. 311 b/w + 30 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14567-0 $65.00

29

Art & Architecture

THE DRAWINGS OF BRONZINO Carmen C. Bambach, Janet Cox-Rearick, and George R. Goldner With contributions by Philippe Costamagna, Marzia Faietti, and Elizabeth Pilliod

D

rawings by the great Italian Mannerist painter and poet Agnolo Bronzino (1503–1572) are extremely rare. This important and beautiful publication brings together for the first time nearly all of the sixty drawings attributed to this leading draftsman of the 16th century. Each drawing is illustrated in color, discussed in detail, and shown with many comparative photographs. Bronzino’s technical virtuosity as a draftsman and his mastery of anatomy and perspective are vividly apparent in each stroke of the chalk, pen, or brush. The younger generations of Florentine artists particularly admired Bronzino for his technical virtuosity as a painter, and Giorgio Vasari praised him for his powers as a disegnatore (designer and draftsman).

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(1/20/10 – 4/18/10)

Published in association with C A R M E N C . B A M B A C H is Curator, Department of Drawings and The Metropolitan Museum of Art Prints at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. J A N E T C O X - R E A R I C K is Distinguished Professor Emerita, The Graduate Center, CUNY. GEORGE R. GOLDNER is Drue Heinz Chairman of the Department of Drawings and Prints at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. P H I L I P P E C O S TA M A G N A is Curator of the Musée Fesch, Ajaccio, Corsica. M A R Z I A FA I E T T I is Director of the Gabinetto Disegni e Stampe degli January Art Uffizi, Florence. E L I Z A B E T H P I L L I O D is Professor, The State University 256 pp. 85 b/w + 100 color illus. 9 x 11 of New Jersey—Camden. 978-0-300-15512-9 $60.00

ANDY WARHOL

General titles of interest to art buyers

Arthur C. Danto

T

he eminent art critic and philosopher Arthur Danto presents an elegant and masterful portrait of Andy Warhol’s life, character, and lasting influence.

“A distinctive original contribution that can be read in a single sitting, but embodies the wisdom of a lifetime of looking, reflection and writing. It’s as if Danto has been waiting all these years to produce this magnificent synthesis.”—David Carrier, Cleveland Institute of Art See page 73 for more information. October Biography Icons of America 192 pp. 6 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-13555-8 $24.00

WHY ARCHITECTURE MATTERS Paul Goldberger

P

ulitzer-prize winning New Yorker critic Paul Goldberger contemplates the meaning, culture, and symbolism of architecture. Based on decades of looking at buildings and thinking about how we experience them, Goldberger raises our awareness of fundamental things: proportion, scale, space, texture, materials, shapes, light, and memory. Upon completing this remarkable architectural journey, readers will enjoy a wonderfully rewarding new way of seeing and experiencing every aspect of the built world. See page 85 for more information. Why X Matters 30

Art & Architecture

November Architecture 320 pp. 55 b/w illus. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4 978-0-300-14430-7 $26.00

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

31

SINCE 1950 Art and Its Criticism Charles Harrison

T

his is an original and incisive contribution to the discussion of modern and postmodern art and of the theories by which it has been influenced and explained, from someone who has been closely involved in the art of this period as practitioner, teacher, critic, and historian. In a series of compelling and finely argued essays, Charles Harrison offers an acute analysis of the seismic shift that took place when the modernist formalism that had underpinned thinking about art in the first half of the century came to be seen as a spent force. Harrison’s principal concern is with the circumstances and consequences of that shift—in thought about art, and in criticism. He asks how the diverse art of this period is to be understood and on what basis judgments are to be made about the merits and importance of specific works.

C H A R L E S H A R R I S O N is Emeritus Professor of History and Theory of Art at the Open University. He is the author of An Introduction to Art (page 22), and has co-authored several of the Open University’s art history texts.

August Art 272 pp. 10 b/w + 36 color illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15186-2 $45.00sc

THE TOWN HOUSE IN GEORGIAN LONDON Rachel Stewart

S

tepping away from conventional analyses of materials or style and into the previously unexplored world of the house owner, this book takes a fresh look at both the social, as well as the architectural, importance of the 18th-century London town house. Drawing on rich and entertaining evidence—both documentary and anecdotal— Rachel Stewart explores why, and how, so many people pursued life in the city. She not only discusses some of the major architects of the day and their most famous buildings, but she also uncovers what occupants of town houses thought about their property; why and how they chose or built their houses; how they paid for them, used them, decorated them, and disposed of them; and what uses it had for them beyond simple accommodation.

R A C H E L S T E WA R T is Director of the Centre for Career Management Skills at the University of Reading. 32

Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

August Architecture 192 pp. 60 b/w + 20 color illus. 6 3/4 x 9 3/4 978-0-300-15277-7 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

TULLIO LOMBARDO AND VENETIAN HIGH RENAISSANCE SCULPTURE Alison Luchs With contributions by Adriana Augusti, Matteo Ceriana, Sarah Blake McHam, Debra Pincus, and Alessandra Sarchi

T

he great Venetian sculptors of the High Renaissance, led by Tullio Lombardo (c. 1455–1532), explored a poetic and nostalgic approach to classical antiquity in their work. Their expression shares much with Mantegna, Bellini, Giorgione, and Titian in these painters’ imaginative evocations of ancient history, mythology, philosophy, and poetry. Featuring a range of Tullio’s work, including his sensuous and dramatic double-portrait reliefs, this book introduces the romantic qualities and beautiful craftsmanship of the sculptor and his closest followers, including his brother Antonio Lombardo, Simone Bianco, Antonio Minello, and Giammaria Mosca. Essays examine Tullio’s innovations and the Venetian cultural setting where he developed them in dialogue with the northern Italian masters of Renaissance painting. Twelve works, carefully selected from this milieu, exemplify the creative approach and influence of Tullio and the Lombardo workshop.

A L I S O N L U C H S is Curator of Early European Sculpture at the National Gallery of Art.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C.

(7/4/09 – 10/31/09) Published in association with the National Gallery, Washington

August Art 160 pp. 23 b/w + 62 color illus. 9 3/4 x 11 3/4 978-0-300-15667-6 $60.00sc

ADVENTURES IN MODERN ART The Charles K. Williams II Collection Innis Howe Shoemaker With contributions by Jennifer T. Criss, Kathleen A. Foster, John Ittmann, and Michael R. Taylor

I

n 1990 archaeologist Charles K. Williams II began seriously to acquire paintings, sculptures, watercolors, and drawings by modern American artists, after about ten years of collecting 19th- and 20th-century American and European prints. Williams amassed an important collection that includes examples by most of the major American artists and movements of the early 20th century. This fully illustrated catalogue features entries on more than one hundred significant works by artists including Stieglitz Circle painters Georgia O’Keeffe, John Marin, Marsden Hartley, and Arthur Dove; Precisionists Charles Demuth, Ralston Crawford, George Ault, and Charles Sheeler; and Philadelphia modernists Arthur B. Carles, Hugh Henry Breckenridge, and Earl Horter. Sculptures by Elie Nadelman, John Storrs, Alberto Giacometti, and Louise Nevelson are included. Of special note is Thomas Hart Benton’s painting The Apple of Discord and a rare landscape drawing by American Regionalist Grant Wood.

I N N I S H O W E S H O E M A K E R is The Audrey and William H. Helfand Senior Curator of Prints, Drawings, and Photographs at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art

(7/12/09 – 9/13/09) Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

August Art 336 pp. 2 b/w + 153 color illus. 9 x 11 1/4 978-0-300-14978-4 $60.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

33

DEGAS IN THE NORTON SIMON MUSEUM Nineteenth-Century Art, Volume 2 Sara Campbell, Richard Kendall, Daphne Barbour, and Shelley Sturman

E

dgar Degas (1834–1917) was one of the first artists collected by the American industrialist, philanthropist, and art collector Norton Simon (1907–1993). Over the course of nearly three decades of art acquisition, Simon purchased more than a hundred works by Degas, including paintings, bronzes, and pastels. This comprehensive and beautiful collections catalogue of the artworks by Degas now housed in the Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, CA, offers not only a fascinating insight into the evolution of Simon’s extensive and remarkable collection of pieces by the French impressionist, but also a descriptive and informative account of the current collection prepared by leading Degas scholars.

S A R A C A M P B E L L is a Senior Curator at the Norton Simon Museum. R I C H A R D K E N D A L L is Curator at Large at the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute in Williamstown, MA, and the author of Degas: Beyond Impressionism, Degas and the Little Dancer, and Degas Landscapes. August Art D A P H N E B A R B O U R and S H E L L E Y S T U R M A N are object con- 576 pp. 250 b/w + 350 color illus. 10 x 11 servators at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. 978-0-300-14884-8 $95.00sc

LIVED IN LONDON The Stories Behind the Blue Plaques Edited by Emily Cole With a foreword by Stephen Fry

D

escribed by Disraeli as “a roost for every bird,” London has been home to figures as varied as Winston Churchill, Virginia Woolf, Mahatma Gandhi, and Jimi Hendrix. Since 1866 the city has commemorated the link between notable figures and the buildings in which they lived and work through a series of blue plaques. Lived in London provides an introduction to the many people and buildings honored through this program that connects people and place, drawing out the human element of the historic environment and helping to save a number of London’s buildings from demolition.

August History/Urban Studies 368 pp. 200 b/w + 250 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14871-8 $85.00sc

E M I LY C O L E is Senior Investigator at English Heritage and Head of the Blue Plaques Division.

THE SOCIETY OF DILETTANTI Archaeology and Identity in the British Enlightenment Jason M. Kelly

I

n 1732 a group of elite young men who had met on the grand tour formed a convivial dining club called the Society of Dilettanti. By the middle of the 18th century the Dilettanti took on an influential role in cultural matters, organizing archaeological expeditions, forming the Royal Academy and the British Museum, and ultimately becoming one of the most prominent and influential societies of the British Enlightenment. This lively account is the most detailed analysis of the early Society to date. Jason M. Kelly places the group at the intersection of international and national discourses that shaped the British Enlightenment; thus, it sheds new light on 18th-century grand tourism, elite masculinity, sociability, aesthetics, architecture, and archaeology. Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art J A S O N M . K E L LY is Assistant Professor of History at Indiana University–Purdue University, Indianapolis.

September History/Archaelogy 320 pp. 100 b/w + 20 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10 978-0-300-15219-7 $75.00sc

34

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

COROT TO MONET French Landscape Painting Sarah Herring, with Antonio Mazzotta

B

y the late 18th century, the practice of painting outdoors (en plein air) was widespread, especially in Italy, where picturesque views of Tivoli and the Campagna were irresistible to French and British artists. Fifty years later in France, the Barbizon group—including JeanBaptiste-Camille Corot, Théodore Rousseau, and Charles-Francois Daubigny—eagerly escaped the studio to paint landscapes, rivers, and beach scenes of their native land. These painters were a crucial influence on a new generation of artists who would eventually become known as the Impressionists. In this delightful and accessible exploration of the National Gallery’s collection of 18th- and 19th-century landscape paintings, Sarah Herring introduces and explains the enduring appeal of these charming small works of art, both to their original collectors and to the present-day viewer.

S A R A H H E R R I N G is Isaiah Berlin Assistant Curator of Post-1800 Painting at the National Gallery, London. She is co-author of Manet to Picasso and Art in the Making: Degas. A N T O N I O M A Z Z O T TA is curatorial assistant at the National Gallery.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The National Gallery, London

(7/09 – 9/09) Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

August Art 72 pp. 80 color illus. 9 x 10 1/2 paper 978-1-85709-450-3 $15.00sc

THE WOODCUT IN FIFTEENTH-CENTURY EUROPE Edited by Peter Parshall

M

ore than a generation before the invention of Gutenberg’s celebrated press, the new technology of image printing emerged. In this book, a distinguished group of scholars treats the earliest manifestations of printing in all aspects: technical experimentation, the complex relation of printed books to printed images, individual and institutional patronage, new iconographies, religious propaganda, and the wide variety of private and public ways in which printed images were first employed.

The essays examine the technological, social, political, religious, personal, and institutional contexts of 15th-century woodcuts and challenge many assumptions about the phenomenon of early printing, including the beginnings of printing on cloth, the significance of monastic production, the development of book printing and book illustration, and the extent to which printing can or should be termed a “revolution.”

P E T E R PA R S H A L L is curator of old master prints at the National Gallery of Art, Washington. He is the author of The Origins of European Printmaking.

♦ Studies in the History of Art

Published by the National Gallery of Art, Center for Advanced Study in the Visual Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press

September Art 352 pp. 124 duotone + 124 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-12163-6 $70.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

35

MURALNOMAD The Paradox of Wall Painting, Europe 1927–1957 Romy Golan

F

requently political and part of a concerted effort by artists and patrons during the early decades of the 20th century to address a broad public, murals and large mural-like works often had a greater visibility and larger audience than paintings that are acknowledged today as masterpieces. Large and monumental, and made in many different media, they were also often ephemeral: their lifespan typically ended with the closing of an exhibition.

In this fascinating book, Romy Golan explores murals and mural-like works in Europe from the end of the First World War to the late 1950s, beginning with Monet’s work on the Nymphéas installation in the Musée de l’Orangerie and ending dramatically with Le Corbusier’s huge tapestries in Chandigarh, India. Along the way, she charts the work of Léger, Le Corbusier, Sironi, Pagano, Picasso, and others, and makes a convincing and elegant case for the important position mural art, and critical debates on monumental public painting, occupied in this period.

R O M Y G O L A N is Associate Professor of Art History at CUNY Graduate Center. She is the author of Modernity and Nostalgia: Art and Politics in France between the Wars.

September Art 256 pp. 120 b/w + 40 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14153-5 $70.00sc

DUTCH NEW YORK, BETWEEN EAST AND WEST The World of Margrieta van Varick Edited by Deborah Krohn and Peter N. Miller With Marybeth De Filippis

C

ommemorating the 400th anniversary of Henry Hudson’s voyage and the lasting legacy of Dutch culture in New York, this book explores the life and times of a fascinating woman, her family, and her things. Margrieta was born in the Netherlands but lived at the extremes of the Dutch colonial world, in Malacca on the Malay Peninsula and in Flatbush, Brooklyn. When she came to New York in 1686 with her husband and set up a shop, she brought an astonishing array of Eastern goods, many of which were documented in an inventory made after her death in 1695. Extensive archival research has enabled a collaborative team to reconstruct her story and establish the depth of her connection to Dutch trading establishments in Asia. This is a groundbreaking contribution to the histories of New York City, the Dutch overseas empire, women, and material culture.

D E B O R A H K R O H N is coordinator for History and Theory of Museums at the Bard Graduate Center, where P E T E R N . M I L L E R is dean and chair of academic programs; M A R Y B E T H D E F I L I P P I S is assistant curator for American art at the New-York Historical Society. 36

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Bard Graduate Center, New York

(9/17/09 – 1/3/10) Published in association with the Bard Graduate Center for Studies in the Decorative Arts, Design, and Material Culture and the New-York Historical Society September History 352 pp. 100 b/w + 275 color illus. 9 x 11 1/2 978-0-300-15467-2 $75.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

THE PRIMACY OF DRAWING Histories and Theories of Practice Deanna Petherbridge

A beautifully illustrated exploration of the conceptual and practical importance of drawing in Western art

I

n this important and original book, Deanna Petherbridge—herself a practicing artist—affirms the significance of drawing as visual thinking in western art from the 15th century to the present. Scrutinizing a wide range of drawings, Petherbridge confirms a long historical commitment to the primal importance of sketching in generating ideas and problem solving, examines the production of autonomous drawings as gifts or for pleasure, and traces the importance of the life-class and theories of drawing in the training of artists until well into the 20th century. She also addresses the changing role of drawing in relation to contemporary practice and its importance for conceptual artists working in a nonhierarchical manner with a multiplicity of practices, techniques and technologies. In addition to analyzing specific works by Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Picasso, and other great draftsmen, Petherbridge pays close attention to those artists traditionally regarded as “minor” because of their graphic elaboration or involvement with caricature and play, as well as to the important contribution of women artists in the 20th and 21st centuries. Responding to the vibrant rediscovery of drawing as significant practice in studios, exhibitions, and art schools, Petherbridge proposes an ambitious and novel agenda for the study and enjoyment of drawing.

D E A N N A P E T H E R B R I D G E is Arnolfini Professor of Drawing at the University of the West of England in Bristol and professsor of drawing at the University of Lincoln, and was formerly professor of drawing at the Royal College of Art, London. She has had numerous, highly acclaimed exhibitions of her artwork.

September Art 352 pp. 200 b/w + 80 color illus. 9 5/8 x 11 1/4 978-0-300-12646-4 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

37

RIVERS OF PARADISE Water in Islamic Art and Culture Edited by Sheila S. Blair and Jonathan M. Bloom

F

Published in association with The Qatar Foundation, Virginia Commonwealth University, and Virginia Commonwealth University School of the Arts in Qatar

or millennia the collection, distribution, and symbolism of water have played pivotal roles in the lands where Islam has flourished. This book is the first to address this important subject.

A diverse spectrum of scholars covers a wide range of topics: from the revelation of Islam in the 7th century to today’s conservation and development issues, from watering oases in the Moroccan desert to the flooded plains of Bengal. Copiously illustrated with beautiful color photographs and newly drawn plans and maps, this book will provoke readers to appreciate and acknowledge the essential, if often invisible and transitory, roles that water played in the arts of the Islamic lands and beyond. S H E I L A S . B L A I R and J O N AT H A N M . B L O O M have shared the Norma Jean Calderwood University Professorship in Islamic and Asian Art at Boston College since 2000 and the Hamad bin Khalifa Endowed Chair of Islamic Art at Virginia Commonwealth University since 2006. Their publications include Islam: A Thousand Years of Faith and Power, The Art and Architecture of Islam, and The Grove Encyclopedia of Islamic Art and Architecture.

September Art 384 pp. 30 b/w + 205 color illus. 9 x 11 1/2 978-0-300-15899-1 $85.00sc

A SKETCHBOOK OF PIETRO SANTI BARTOLI Draftsman Among Roman Antiquarians Irène Aghion

A

mong the books collected by Horace Walpole (1717–1797) was a small volume of sketches of antiquities. Irène Aghion has pursued elusive clues to establish Pietro Santi Bartoli (1635–1700) as the artist and places his sketchbook in its proper context, the lively world of 17th-century Rome. In following Bartoli’s sketchbook from Rome to London to Farmington, Connecticut, Aghion uncovers the stories of these antiquities, found in Rome, acquired by collectors, and now held in collections throughout Europe. Long before Wilmarth Sheldon Lewis gave his library to Yale, he revived Horace Walpole’s short-lived series, Miscellaneous Antiquities; or, A Collection of Curious Papers. The Lewis Walpole Library launched a second revival of Miscellaneous Antiquities in 2004 and this publication is the latest installment in the series.

I R È N E A G H I O N is curator of the Museum of the Cabinet des Médailles et Antiques in Paris. She is involved in research on the history of collections and antiquarianism in the 17th and 18th centuries.

October Archaeology 352 pp. 280 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-15400-9 $100.00sc

NATIONAL GALLERY TECHNICAL BULLETIN Volume 30 Ashok Roy, series editor With contributions by Rachel Billinge, Dawson Carr, Jill Dunkerton, Larry Keith, Sarah Herring, Helen Howard, and Marika Spring

T

he National Gallery Technical Bulletin is a unique record of research carried out at the National Gallery, London. Drawing on the combined expertise of curators, conservators, and scientists, it brings together a wealth of information about artists’ materials, practices, and techniques. Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

A S H O K R O Y is Director of Scientific Research at the National Gallery, London.

October Art 112 pp. 200 color illus. 8 1/4 x 11 3/4 paper orig. 978-1-85709-420-6 $40.00sc

38

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

PHILIPPE DE MONTEBELLO AND THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART, 1977–2008 James R. Houghton and Members of the Staff

I

n this unusual glimpse into the Metropolitan Museum, members of curatorial and other key departments describe Philippe de Montebello’s impact on their activities during the thirty-one years of his directorship. The transformations that took place during his tenure are astonishing: countless numbers of the museum’s finest works familiar to visitors today were acquired, galleries were redesigned, additions were constructed, and new approaches for bringing the arts to the public were developed. De Montebello’s unwavering pursuit of excellence, support for scholarship and curatorial initiative, organizational grasp, and flashes of humor inform this fascinating collection of stories that illustrate the challenges and triumphs of one of the world’s greatest art museums.

J A M E S R . H O U G H T O N is Chairman of the Board of Trustees of The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

October Art 208 pp. 150 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-15424-5 $60.00sc

GIFTS FROM THE ANCESTORS Ancient Ivories of Bering Strait Edited by William W. Fitzhugh, Aron L. Crowell, and Julie Hollowell

T

he appearance during the 1st millennium A.D. of small, exquisitely carved artifacts of walrus ivory in the Bering Strait region marks the beginning of an extraordinary florescence in the art and culture of North America. The discovery in the 1930s and 1940s of world-class carvings of animals, mythical beasts, shape-shifting creatures, masks, and human figurines astounded scholars and excited collectors. Nevertheless, the extraordinary objects that belong to this fascinating, sometimes frightening, world of hunting-related art remain largely unknown. Gifts from the Ancestors examines ancient ivories from the coast of Bering Strait, western Alaska, and the islands in between—illuminating their sophisticated formal aesthetic, cultural complexity, and individual histories. Many of the pieces discussed are from recent Russian excavations and are presented here for the first time in English; others are from private collections not usually open to the public. W I L L I A M W. F I T Z H U G H is Curator of North American Archaeology and Director, Arctic Studies Center, Department of Anthropology, Smithsonian Institution. A R O N L . C R O W E L L is Alaska Director, Arctic Studies Center, Anchorage. J U L I E H O L L O W E L L is Nancy Schaenen Visiting Scholar, Prindle Institute for Ethics, and Visiting Assistant Professor of Anthropology, De Pauw University.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Princeton University Art Museum

(10/3/09 – 1/10/10) Distributed for the Princeton University Art Museum

October Decorative Arts/Anthropology 320 pp. 51 b/w + 452 color illus. 8 x 10 1/2 978-0-300-12206-0 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

39

THE MODERN EYE Stieglitz, MoMA, and the Art of the Exhibition, 1925–1934 Kristina Wilson

T

he Modern Eye explores the origins and development of early 20th-century modernism in America through the lens of the major exhibitions that introduced this art to the general public. Author Kristina Wilson shows how modern artists and curators sought to relate high art to mass culture in order to make it accessible to more people, and successfully popularized modern painting and design during the interwar years. A major contribution to our understanding of the origins of modernism, this book captures the vibrant diversity that the term “modern art” meant at this time. The chapters examine exhibitions held in New York in the 1920s and 1930s, including those organized by Alfred Stieglitz, the Little Review, the Metropolitan Museum of Art, and the Museum of Modern Art. In examining the marketing of modernism, Wilson reveals how these exhibitions attempted to stage an intersection between art and everyday life, and how they taught viewers to look at, and care about, modern art.

K R I S T I N A W I L S O N is Assistant Professor of Art History at Clark University. She is author of Livable Modernism: Interior Decorating and Design During the Great Depression.

“A fascinating and fresh study that explores a rich panorama of themes important to the modernist art of the period.” —Michael Leja, University of Pennsylvania

October Art 256 pp. 98 b/w + 15 color illus. 8 x 10 978-0-300-14916-6 $50.00sc

HORACE WALPOLE’S STRAWBERRY HILL Edited by Michael Snodin

H

orace Walpole (1717–1797), as the youngest son of the powerful Whig minister Robert Walpole, grew up at the center of Georgian society and politics and circulated amongst the elite literary, aesthetic, and intellectual circles of his day. His brilliant letters and writings have made him the best-known commentator on the rich cultural life of 18th-century England. In his own day, he was most famous for his extraordinary collections of rare books and manuscripts, antiquities, paintings, prints and drawings, furniture, ceramics, arms and armor, and curiosities, all displayed at his pioneering Gothic Revival house at Strawberry Hill, on the banks of the Thames at Twickenham. This timely and groundbreaking study of the history and reception of Walpole’s collection as it was formed and arranged at Strawberry Hill coincides with a planned restoration of this endangered house. Horace Walpole’s Strawberry Hill assembles an international team of distinguished scholars to explore the ways in which Strawberry Hill and its collections engaged with the creation of various and interconnected political, national, dynastic, cultural, and imagined histories.

M I C H A E L S N O D I N is Senior Research Fellow in the Research Department, Victoria and Albert Museum. 40

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Yale Center for British Art

(10/15/09 – 1/31/10) ♦ Victoria & Albert Museum, London

(3/6/10 – 7/4/10) Published in association with the Yale Center for British Art and the Lewis Walpole Library October Architecture 356 pp. 300 color illus. 10 x 12 978-0-300-12574-0 $85.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

DECODED MESSAGES The Symbolic Language of Chinese Animal Painting Hou-Mei Sung

D

uring the Ming Dynasty numerous new animal themes were created to convey political and ethical messages current at court. As the result a sophisticated language of Chinese animal painting was developed, employing both the animals’ symbolic associations and homonymic puns. Hou-mei Sung’s exciting rediscovery of some of these lost meanings has led to a full-scale investigation of the evolving history of Chinese animal painting. Distinct symbolic meanings were associated with individual motifs, but all animals were assigned a place in the universe according to the Chinese concept of nature. From the very early yin/yang cosmology to later developments of Daoist and Confucian philosophies and ethics, Chinese animals gained new meanings related to their historical contexts. This book explores these new findings, using the colorful animal images and their rich and evolving symbolic meanings to gain insight into unique aspects of Chinese art, as well as Chinese culture and history.

H O U - M E I S U N G is curator of Asian Art at the Cincinnati Art Museum.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Cincinnati Museum of Art

(10/09 – 2/10) Published in association with the Cincinnati Museum of Art

October Art 256 pp. 200 color illus. 9 3/4 x 11 1/2 978-0-300-14152-8 $75.00sc

JOAQUÍN TORRES-GARCÍA Constructing Abstraction with Wood Mari Carmen Ramírez, Margit Rowell, and Cecilia de Torres

J

oaquín Torres-García (1874–1949) is one of the most influential Latin American artists of the early 20th century. His constructed threedimensional grids and planes made of wood known as maderas foreshadow later artistic developments in Europe and the Americas. TorresGarcía was also a celebrated modernist painter, teacher, and author.

This handsome catalogue focuses on Torres-García’s wood constructions and accompanies the first exhibition held in North America of these works and the first solo exhibition of the artist in the United States in over forty years. It includes essays by prominent scholars that discuss the creation of the maderas and their place in the debates surrounding abstract art in Paris in the late 1920s and early 1930s and in Montevideo, his hometown in Uruguay, in the late 1930s and 40s. It also includes newly translated writings by the artist.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Menil Collection

(9/24/09 – 1/3/10) ♦ San Diego Museum of Art

(2/21/10 – 5/15/10) M A R I C A R M E N R A M Í R E Z is the Wortham Curator of Latin American Art and director of the International Center for the Arts of the Americas at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. M A R G I T R O W E L L is an independent curator living in Paris. C E C I L I A D E T O R R E S is internationally recognized as the leading authority of the work of Joaquín Torres-García.

Distributed for The Menil Collection

October Art 256 pp. 200 b/w + color illus. 9 x 11 1/2 978-0-300-15401-6 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

41

A CLOSER LOOK: SAINTS Erika Langmuir

D

rawing on the National Gallery’s comprehensive collection of religious images, A Closer Look: Saints explains the importance of saints and their role in the history of European painting. Erika Langmuir underlines the fundamental importance of saints in many of the National Gallery’s paintings and, using examples of works by Raphael, Dürer, and Crivelli, among others, explains the sometimes puzzling conventions for identifying saints by their attributes. She also describes how saints became part of the institutions of the Christian church, the different types of saints, and the increasing importance of saintly relics in the Middle Ages. And she provides an introduction to a wide variety of personalities, from the ambiguous penitent Mary Magdalen to such revered figures as Saint Jerome and Saint Francis of Assisi. Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

E R I K A L A N G M U I R , O B E , was Head of Education at the National Gallery, London, and is the author of many books, including Masterpieces and The National Gallery Companion Guide.

October Art 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/4 paper orig. 978-1-85709-465-7 $15.00sc

A CLOSER LOOK: FACES Alexander Sturgis

F

aces are everywhere in the National Gallery’s collection: in portraits and narrative scenes, in allegories and paintings of everyday life. It is often the faces shown that communicate most directly in a picture; their expressions may reveal the drama of a story, or the character of a sitter in a portrait.

A Closer Look: Faces examines a wide array of fascinating faces found in paintings at the National Gallery. It explains why artists in the past created faces to look as they do, what painters through the ages have considered the “ideal” face, how faces are painted, and the reasons for the development of portrait painting. Illustrated with seventy pictures and beautiful details, this book provides an insider’s view of the many faces in Western European art.

A L E X A N D E R S T U R G I S is director of the Holburne Museum of Art in Bath, and formerly Exhibitions Curator at the National Gallery, London. His publications include Telling Time and Rebels and Martyrs: The Image of the Artist in the Nineteenth Century. 42

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

October Art 96 pp. 100 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/4 paper 978-1-85709-464-0 $15.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

DUCCIO TO LEONARDO Renaissance Painting 1250–1500 Simona Di Nepi

T

his generously illustrated book presents highlights from the National Gallery’s display of Italian Renaissance painting, one of the richest collections of its kind in the world. Duccio to Leonardo focuses on Italian masterpieces made between 1250 and 1500, including highlights such as Duccio’s Annunciation, Botticelli’s Venus and Mars, and Leonardo’s Virgin and Child with Saint Anne and Saint John the Baptist. It begins with a short introduction on the formation of the collection, before discussing each of the chosen works.

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

S I M O N A D I N E P I was the Assistant Curator of Renaissance Paintings at the National Gallery, London. She has contributed to the National Gallery publications Velázquez, Renaissance Siena: Art for a City and Renaissance Faces.

October Art 72 pp. 80 color illus. 9 x 10 1/2 paper orig. 978-1-85709-421-3 $15.00sc

SACRED SPAIN Art and Belief in the Spanish World Ronda Kasl, Luisa Elena Alcalá, William A. Christian, Jr., María Cruz de Carlos Varona, Jaime Cuadriello, Javier Portús, and Alfonso Rodríguez G. de Ceballos

T

he art of Spain and Spanish America during the 17th century is overwhelmingly religious—it was intended to arouse wonder, devotion, and identification. Its forms and meanings are inextricably linked to the beliefs and religious practices of the people for whom it was made. In this groundbreaking book, scholars of art and religion look at new ways to understand the reception of use of these images in the practice of belief. As a result, the book argues for a fundamental reappraisal of the cultural role of the Church based on an analysis of the specific devotional and ritual contexts of Spanish art. Exhibition schedule: Handsomely illustrated essays discuss paintings, polychrome sculptures, metalwork, and books. They call attention to the paradoxical nature of the most characteristic visual forms of Spanish Catholicism: material richness and external display as expressions of internal spirituality, strict doctrinal orthodoxy accompanied by artistic expression of surprising unconventionality, the calculated social projection of new devotional themes, and the divergence of popular religious practices from officially prescribed ones. R O N D A K A S L is Senior Curator of Painting and Sculpture before 1800 at the Indianapolis Museum of Art.

♦ Indianapolis Museum of Art

(10/11/09 – 1/3/10) Distributed for the Indianapolis Museum of Art

November Art 400 pp. 25 b/w + 125 color illus. 10 x 12 978-0-300-15471-9 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

43

ALICE GUY BLACHÉ Cinema Pioneer Edited by Joan Simon With contributions by Jane Gaines, Alison McMahan, Charles Musser, Joan Simon, Kim Tomadjoglou, and Alan Williams

T

his book celebrates the achievements of Alice Guy Blaché (1873–1968), the first woman motion picture director and producer. From 1896 to 1907, she created films for Gaumont in Paris. In 1907, she moved to the United States and established her own film company, Solax. From 1914 to 1920, Guy Blaché was an independent director for a number of film companies. Despite her immensely productive and creative career, Guy Blaché’s indispensable contribution to film history has been overlooked. She entered the world of filmmaking at its nascent stage, when films were seen primarily as a medium in the service of science or as an adjunct to selling cameras. Working with Gaumont cameramen and cameras and the new technical advances for the projection of film, she became one of the film pioneers ushering in the new era of motion pictures as a narrative form. Written by cinema history experts and curators, this handsome volume brings to light a critical new mass of Guy Blaché’s film oeuvre in an effort to restore her to her rightful place in film history.

J O A N S I M O N is Curator-at-Large for the Whitney Museum of American Art.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Whitney Museum of American Art

(11/6/09 – 1/24/10) Published in association with the Whitney Museum of American Art

November Film 168 pp. 60 b/w + 8 color illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-15250-0 $45.00sc

INGRES Painting Reimagined Susan L. Siegfried

J

ean-Auguste-Dominique Ingres (1780–1867) produced a body of work that strongly appealed to his contemporaries while disconcerting them.

In this handsomely illustrated and elegantly written book, Susan L. Siegfried argues that the strangeness associated with Ingres’s paintings needs to be located in the complex and richly invested nature of the work itself, as well as in the artist’s very powerful—if often perverse— sense of artistic project. She shows that his major re-thinking of pictorial narrative—in his classical literary, historical, and religious subjects— was as central to his achievement as his distinctive rendering of the female figure in classical nudes and portraits. He was engaged in a complex process of giving visual form to narrative, which he did in new and unusual ways that involved him in a close reading of the texts on which he drew, including authors such as Homer, Virgil, Ariosto, and Dante, as well as religious narratives and stories about medieval and early modern French history. S U S A N L . S I E G F R I E D is Professor of Art History and Women’s Studies at the University of Michigan. She is the author of The Art of Louis-Léopold Boilly: Modern Life in Napoleonic France, co-author of Staging Empire: Napoleon, Ingres, and David, and co-editor of Fingering Ingres. 44

320 pp.

November Art 100 b/w + 40 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14883-1 $75.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

AMERICAN MODERNISM AT THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO World War I to 1955 Judith A. Barter With Sarah E. Kelly, Denise Mahoney, Ellen E. Roberts, and Brandon K. Ruud

T

he first publication to focus on the Art Institute’s outstanding collection of American modernism, this volume includes over 175 important paintings, sculptures, decorative-art objects, and works on paper made in North America between World War II and 1955. Together they fully reflect the history of American art in these decades, including examples of early modernism, Social Realism, Surrealism, and Abstract Expressionism. Among the paintings are such iconic works as Hopper’s Nighthawks and Wood’s American Gothic, along with notable pieces by Davis, De Kooning, Hartley, Lawrence, Marin, O’Keeffe, Pollock, and Sheeler. Among the sculptors represented are Calder, Cornell, and Noguchi. Spectacular decorative artwork by the Eameses, Grotell, Neutra, Saarinen, F. L. Wright, and Zeisel are also featured. Reproduced in full color, each work is accompanied by an accessible and up-to-date text, complete with comparative illustrations. The introduction traces the formation of this important collection by a number of noted curators, collectors, and patrons.

J U D I T H A . B A R T E R is the Field-McCormick Chair and Curator of American Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. She is the editor of Apostles of Beauty (see page 26).

✦ ALSO AVAILABLE:

American Arts at the Art Institute of Chicago From Colonial Times to World War I 978-0-300-11624-3

$75.00sc

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago November Art 376 pp. 140 b/w + 250 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12 978-0-300-11738-7 $75.00sc

SPACES OF EXPERIENCE Art Gallery Interiors from 1800 to 2000 Charlotte Klonk

T

his fascinating study of art gallery interiors examines the changing ideals and practices of galleries in Europe and North America from the 18th to the late 20th century. It offers a detailed account of the different displays that have been created—the colors of the background walls, lighting, furnishings, the height and density of the art works on show—and it traces the different scientific, political and commercial influences that lay behind their development. Charlotte Klonk shows that scientists like Hermann von Helmholtz and Wilhelm Wundt advanced theories of perception that played a significant role in justifying new modes of exhibiting. Equally important for the changing modes of exhibition in art galleries was what Michael Baxandall has called “the period eye,” a way of seeing informed by the impact of new fashions in interior decoration and by department store and shop window displays. The history of museum interiors, she argues, should be appreciated as a revealing chapter in the broader history of experience.

C H A R L O T T E K L O N K is Departmental Chair, Kunstgeschichtliches Seminar, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin. She is the author of Science and the Perception of Nature and co-author of Art History: A Critical Introduction to Its Methods.

November Art History 244 pp. 110 b/w + 20 color illus. 8 1/4 x 10 3/4 978-0-300-15196-1 $75.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

45

THE ACCADEMIA SEMINARS The Accademia di San Luca in Rome, c. 1590–1635 Edited by Peter M. Lukehart

T

his volume of essays reexamines the establishment and early history of the Accademia di San Luca in Rome, one of the most important centers of governance, education, and theory in the arts for the early modern period and the model for all subsequent academies of art worldwide. It is the most comprehensive history of the Accademia to be published in more than forty years, and the first in nearly two hundred years to be based almost entirely on new primary and documentary material. In reconstructing the early history of the institution, the volume also provides a new basis for tracking the careers of painters, sculptors, and architects working in Rome in the early 16th century, and for understanding the artistic and professional issues that engaged them.

Published by the National Gallery of Art, Center for Advanced Study in the Visual Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press ♦ Seminar Papers

P E T E R M . L U K E H A R T is associate dean of the Center for Advanced Study in the Visual Arts.

November Art History 376 pp. 74 duotone illus. 7 x 10 paper with flaps 978-0-300-13591-6 $35.00sc

BRITISH PAINTINGS IN THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART, 1575–1875 Katharine Baetjer

T

his is the first comprehensive publication on English, Scottish, Welsh, and Irish paintings and pastels by artists born before 1841 in the collection of The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Ranging in date from the late 16th through the third quarter of the 19th century, the 140 works included are by such major artists as Peake, Lely, Hogarth, Reynolds, Gainsborough, Lawrence, Turner, Constable, and BurneJones. While the collection is particularly rich in portraiture, it also contains genre paintings and landscapes. Each painting is reproduced in color and carries full cataloguing data as well as a generous selection of comparative illustrations, among them pendants, related paintings, and prints.

K AT H A R I N E B A E T J E R is a Curator in the Department of European Paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 46

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

November Art 512 pp. 215 b/w + 140 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-15509-9 $95.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

KIENHOLZ “The Hoerengracht” Colin Wiggins and Annemarie de Wildt

T

he Hoerengracht (1983–88) is an installation artwork by Ed Kienholz (American, 1927–1994) and his wife, Nancy Reddin Kienholz. This tableau—a surprising site in the National Gallery—is a walk-through evocation of Amsterdam’s red-light district, with glowing windows and claustrophobic streets. With its statements on morality, vanitas, and composition of secret spaces and receding views, The Hoerengracht resonates powerfully with paintings by Dutch masters of the 17th century. The work was the last major piece made by the Kienholzes before Ed died and remains a major reference point for contemporary artists including Mike Kelley, Paul McCarthy, Mike Nelson, and Damien Hirst.

This striking exhibition catalogue positions The Hoerengracht and Kienholz in a new perspective.

Edward Kienholz and Nancy Reddin Kienholz. The Hoerengracht (installation detail), 1984–8. Private collection © Kienholz Estate, courtesy of L.A. Louver, Venice CA

Exhibition schedule: ♦ National Gallery, London

(opens 11/09) ♦ Historisch Museum, Amsterdam

(dates to be determined) C O L I N W I G G I N S is Acting Head of Education at the National Gallery, London. He is the author of numerous books, including Leon Kossoff: Drawing from Painting, Tom Hunter: Living in Hell and Other Stories, Ron Mueck, John Virtue: London Paintings, and Alison Watt: Phantom. A N N E M A R I E D E W I L D T is conservator/curator at the Amsterdam Historisch Museum (Museum Willet-Holthuysen).

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press November Art 56 pp. 40 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 1/2 paper 978-1-85709-453-4 $15.00sc

EL GRECO TO GOYA Spanish Painting Dawson W. Carr

T

his book presents highlights of the National Gallery’s outstanding collection of Spanish painting from the 15th to the 19th century— considered one of the finest outside of Spain.

Haunting works by El Greco introduce the Golden Age of the 17th century. Canvases by Velázquez span his career, from royal portraits and religious works to the Rokeby Venus, his only surviving depiction of a female nude. Bartolomé Murillo is represented by exceptional religious and genre paintings, together with his imposing Self Portrait. Other works by Baroque painters, including Ribera and Zurbarán, reveal shifting uses of naturalism to express everything from the mysteries of faith to the grandeur of royalty to the beauty of the mundane. The later part of the collection includes Luis Meléndez’s Still Life with Oranges and Walnuts and portraits by Goya.

D AW S O N W. C A R R is Curator of Spanish and Italian Painting 1600–1800 at the National Gallery, London. He has written extensively on Spanish painting and is co-author of Velázquez.

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art 72 pp. 80 color illus. 9 x 10 1/2 paper 978-1-85709-460-2 $15.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

47

A SHORT HISTORY OF THE NATIONAL GALLERY Alan Crookham

T

he National Gallery started life in 1824 when the British government purchased the collection of 38 pictures belonging to the estate of wealthy banker John Julius Angerstein. As there was no suitable space available to display the collection, the pictures were put on display in Angerstein’s former home in Pall Mall. It was only in 1838 that the collection moved to its current site in Trafalgar Square. The building and collection have continued to expand ever since; today, the National Gallery houses one of the world’s greatest collections of western European paintings. This book brings together the stories behind the founding and growth of the National Gallery: the generous benefactors, the architectural controversies, the protracted acquisitions, the dedicated staff, and the visiting public. Generously illustrated, it aims to give insight into the history of the people and events that have helped shape this muchloved national institution.

A L A N C R O O K H A M is the archivist at the National Gallery, London.

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art History 128 pp. 180 illus. 8 x 10 paper orig.978-1-85709-463-3 $25.00sc

Giovanni Boldini, Crossing the Street, 1875 (Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute, Williamstown, Massachusetts). Oil on panel, 18 1/16 x 14 3/4 in.

GIOVANNI BOLDINI IN IMPRESSIONIST PARIS Sarah Lees, Richard Kendall, and Barbara Guidi

D

istinguished by his brilliantly energetic brushwork, Giovanni Boldini (1842–1931) was one of the most prominent Italian artists of the late 19th century. Still, he has remained little known beyond his native country. This beautiful book is the first published on Boldini in English in a generation and accompanies the first major exhibition of his works outside of Europe. Born in Ferrara, Boldini moved to Paris in 1871, where he lived for the rest of his life. This important volume focuses on his work from 1871 to 1886, which reflects the influence of his contemporaries—Degas, Manet, Caillebotte, Meissonier, and Fortuny, among others. It features Boldini’s fanciful paintings made for the art market and depictions of the city around him—from the bustling streets and squares to cafés, theaters, and concert halls—as well as paintings of friends and models, and a selection of later portraits that established him as one of the quintessential portraitists of the Belle Époque.

S A R A H L E E S is Associate Curator of European Art at the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute. R I C H A R D K E N D A L L is curator-atlarge at the Clark. B A R B A R A G U I D I is Curator of Modern and Contemporary Art at Ferrara Arte. 48

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Ferrara Palazzo dei Diamanti,

Ferrara (9/20/09 – 1/10/10) ♦ Sterling and Francine Clark Art

Institute, Williamstown (2/14/10 – 4/25/10) Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute November Art 256 pp. 160 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 1/2 978-0-300-13411-7 $60.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

THE PIERRE AND MARIA-GAETANA MATISSE COLLECTION IN THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Sabine Rewald and Magdalena Dabrowski

I

n a career spanning over six decades, the New York art dealer Pierre Matisse (1900–1989) contributed substantially to the advancement of modern art. At his eponymous gallery on East Fifty-seventh Street, he showed several now legendary artists for the first time outside Europe. The collection—paintings, sculpture, and drawings by Balthus, Bonnard, Chagall, Derain, Dubuffet, Giacometti, Magritte, Miró, and the dealer’s own father, Henri Matisse, among others—was donated to The Metropolitan Museum of Art in 2004 by the foundation established by his widow. These extraordinary artworks are presented with informative entries addressing the circumstances of each work’s creation and the dealer’s relationship to the artist. In the introduction, the story of Pierre Matisse’s early struggles in New York is told for the first time and illustrated with previously unpublished archival photographs.

S A B I N E R E WA L D is Jacques and Natasha Gelman Curator and M A G D A L E N A D A B R O W S K I is Special Consultant, both in the Department of Nineteenth-Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

December Art 192 pp. 100 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 978-0-300-15510-5 $60.00sc

THE ARTS OF AFRICA AT THE DALLAS MUSEUM OF ART Roslyn Adele Walker

T

his beautifully illustrated book showcases 110 objects from the Dallas Museum of Art’s world-renowned African collection. In contrast to Western “art for art’s sake,” tradition-based African art served as an agent of religion, social stability, or social control. Chosen both for their visual appeal and their compelling histories and cultural significance, the works of art are presented under the themes of leadership and status; the cycle of life; decorative arts; and influences (imported and exported). Also included are many fascinating photographs that show the context in which these objects were originally used.

Distributed for the Dallas Museum of Art

R O S LY N A D E L E WA L K E R is Senior Curator of the Arts of Africa, the Pacific, and the Americas and the Margaret McDermott Curator of African Art at the Dallas Museum of Art.

December Art 304 pp. 130 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-13895-5 $75.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

49

AMERICAN PORTRAIT MINIATURES IN THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Carrie Rebora Barratt and Lori Zabar

T

his volume catalogues the world’s most comprehensive collection of American portrait miniatures, ranging in date from the early 18th to the 20th century and representing 155 artists. Jewel-like and intimate, the pieces portray spouses, children, and other loved ones and were usually created for personal use. The Museum’s collection is also significant for its self-portraits by artists and for portraits of notable public figures. Each of the nearly six hundred works is illustrated and described in detail, and a biography and bibliography are provided for each artist. Two essays chart the history of the collection and the stylistic development of casework and lockets. Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

C A R R I E R E B O R A B A R R AT T is Curator, American Paintings and Sculpture, and Manager of The Henry R. Luce Center for the Study of American Art, and L O R I Z A B A R is Research Associate, American Paintings and Sculpture, both at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

December Art 256 pp. 25 b/w + 400 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 978-0-300-14895-4 $65.00sc

KANTHA The Embroidered Quilts of Bengal from the Sheldon and Jill Bonovitz Collection and the Stella Kramrisch Collection of the Philadelphia Museum of Art Darielle Mason With essays by Pika Ghosh, Katherine Hacker, Anne Peranteau, and Niaz Zaman

T

his first book-length study on kanthas published outside of South Asia focuses on two premier collections. Created from worn-out garments imaginatively embroidered by women with motifs and tales drawn from a rich regional repertoire, kanthas traditionally were stitched as gifts for births, weddings, and other family occasions. Innovative essays by leading scholars explore the domestic, ritual, and historical contexts of the fascinating quilts in these collections—made between the mid-19th and mid-20th century in what is today Bangladesh and West Bengal, India—and trace their reinterpretation as emblems of national identity and works of art. Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art D A R I E L L E M A S O N is the Stella Kramrisch Curator of Indian and Himalayan Art at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.

December Decorative Arts 260 pp. 30 b/w + 230 color illus. 10 x 11 3/4 978-0-300-15442-9 $55.00sc

FROM THE PRIVATE COLLECTIONS OF TEXAS European Art, Ancient to Modern Richard R. Brettell and C. D. Dickerson III

T

he Lone Star State is home to a dazzling array of world-class artworks, many in private collections and rarely exhibited. Reflecting the Kimbell Art Museum’s own collecting strengths, this book focuses on the art of Europe and the ancient Mediterranean from about 700 B.C. to around 1950. Over 40 prominent collections are featured along with works that have been given to museums in Texas or have left the state through gift or sale. Among the artists included are Thomas Gainsborough, Paul Gauguin, Guercino, Henri Matisse, Piet Mondrian, Claude Monet, Pablo Picasso, Pierre-Auguste Renoir, and Vincent van Gogh. The distinguished scholar Richard R. Brettell contributes a comprehensive essay on the importance of private collecting in Texas. Distributed for the Kimbell Art Museum R I C H A R D R . B R E T T E L L is the Margaret McDermott Distinguished Chair of Art and Aesthetics at the University of Texas, Dallas. C . D . D I C K E R S O N I I I is associate curator of European art at the Kimbell Art Museum, Fort Worth.

December Art 344 pp. 25 b/w + 200 color illus. 10 x 12 978-0-300-14494-9 $65.00sc

50

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

ACTION/ABSTRACTION Pollock, de Kooning, and American Art, 1940–1976 Edited by Norman L. Kleeblatt

D

rawing on recent critical, historical, and biographical work, this lavishly illustrated book offers a new focus on a pivotal art movement. It also presents an extensive commentary on the two most influential critics of postwar American art— Clement Greenberg and Harold Rosenberg—whose powerful views shaped perceptions of Abstract Expressionism and other contemporary art movements. “Thorough and scholarly. . . . Presents a balanced account of the art, the artists, the critics and the issues.” —Richard Kalina, Art in America

Published in association with The Jewish Museum, New York August Art 344 pp. 89 b/w + 166 color illus. 9 3/4 x 12 paper with flaps 978-0-300-13920-4 $50.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12215-2 $65.00

N O R M A N L . K L E E B L AT T is the Susan and Elihu Rose Curator of Fine Arts at The Jewish Museum, New York.

THE SCULPTURE OF LOUISE NEVELSON Constructing a Legend Edited by Brooke Kamin Rapaport

A

beautifully illustrated and comprehensive look at the career of pioneering sculptor Louise Nevelson, a towering figure in postwar American art.

“A most welcome addition to the canon of this towering figure in 20th-century American art. Highly recommended.”—Library Journal “This is the volume Nevelson devotees have been waiting for.” —Publishers Weekly

Published in association with The Jewish Museum, New York

September Art 256 pp. 37 b/w + 140 color illus. 9 x 11 paper with flaps 978-0-300-16025-3 $40.00 sc cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12172-8 $55.00

B R O O K E K A M I N R A PA P O R T is a curator and writer.

SHOPPING IN THE RENAISSANCE Consumer Cultures in Italy, 1400–1600 Evelyn Welch

T

his fascinating and original book breaks new ground in the area of Renaissance material culture, focusing on the marketplace.

“A fascinating cultural history. . . . A stunning visual experience of the period as well as a documentary basis for the study.” —Joanne M. Ferraro, American Historical Review

Co-winner of the Wolfson Foundation History Prize, 2005 E V E LY N W E L C H is professor of Renaissance studies, Queen Mary, University of London. She is the author of Art and Authority in Renaissance Milan.

September History 256 pp. 80 b/w + 40 color illus. 6 3/4 x 9 5/8 paper 978-0-300-15985-1 $35.00sc cloth (F ’05) 978-0-300-10752-4 $48.00sc

51

Art & Architecture–Paperback

A BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY OF SCULPTORS IN BRITAIN, 1660–1851 Ingrid Roscoe, M. G. Sullivan, and Emma Hardy

T

his remarkable dictionary provides information on the work of over 3,000 sculptors working in Britain between 1660 and 1851. It is a substantially expanded edition of Gunnis’s Dictionary of British Sculptors, the primary source for information on church monuments, portrait busts, carved fireplaces and more since publication in 1951. Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art and the Henry Moore Foundation I N G R I D R O S C O E is an independent scholar, M. G. Sullivan is curator of sculpture at the Ashmolean Museum, and E M M A H A R D Y is collections manager at the Geffrye Museum.

October Art 1,550 pp. 6 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14965-4 $200.00tx

GWYNEDD Richard Haslam, Julian Orbach, and Adam Voelcker

N

o area of Wales is more rewarding to the architectural traveler than Gwynedd—the historic counties of Anglesey, Caernarfon and Merioneth, which are the setting for many of Wales’s greatest buildings. This book examines the buildings of the region, from Beaumaris, Caernafon, Conwy, and Harlech castles and atmospheric medieval churches to Nonconformist chapels and houses in distinctive vernacular traditions. Pevsner Architectural Guides

R I C H A R D H A S L A M has contributed to the Buildings of Wales series from its foundation; J U L I A N O R B A C H is an independent architectural historian, and A D A M V O E L C K E R is an architect practicing in North Wales.

October Architecture 800 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2 978-0-300-14169-6 $55.00tx

YORKSHIRE, WEST RIDING Bradford, Leeds and the North Peter Leach and Nikolaus Pevsner

T

his volume, the first of two for the West Riding, covers the northern half of the territory from the outskirts of York to the edge of the Lake District. It is full of contrasts, from the urbanized landscape of the cities of Leeds to the hinterland of tight-knit mill towns and villages pushing into the Pennines. Pevsner Architectural Guides

P E T E R L E A C H is a Yorkshire-based architectural historian.

January Architecture 800 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2 978-0-300-12665-5 $55.00tx

NEWCASTLE AND GATESHEAD City Guide Grace McCombie

A

lively and authoritative survey of the buildings of Tyneside, from the medieval castle and cathedral at Newcastle to the spectacular buildings spearheading the renaissance of Gateshead on the river’s south bank.

Pevsner Architectural Guides G R A C E M C C O M B I E is an independent architectural historian and coauthor of the Pevsner Architectural Guides’ Northumberland volume.

December Architecture 320 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2 paper orig. 978-0-300-12664-8 $30.00tx

BRICK AND CLAY BUILDING IN BRITAIN R W Brunskill

T

his new edition includes a fascinating account of how bricks, brick files and terracotta have been made and used from medieval times to the present day, along with an illustrated glossary, a chronological photo survey, appendices, and bibliography. R . W. B R U N S K I L L was formerly professor at De Montfort University, Leicester, and before that reader in architecture at the University of Manchester. 52

Academic Art Books

June Architecture ?pp. 120 illus. 7 1/2 x 9 3/4 978-0-300-11687-8 $60.00tx

General Interest

General Interest

53

From the best-selling author of Cultural Literacy, for reforming the way

T

Polly Hirsch

his book represents the culmination of the intellectual journey that began with Cultural Literacy. In The Making of Americans I go beyond technical arguments about how to raise achievement and address, for the first time, how the teaching of reading in the context of a common curriculum can further the ultimate aims of our schools and our society. While these are partly economic, they include other, supremely important aims as well. The founders of American education, Jefferson, Webster, Rush, and the other inspiring figures who instituted the common school, did so for the avowed purpose of insuring the perpetuation of the community and the idea that is America. I hope The Making of Americans will point the way toward a rediscovery of those deeper purposes of American education.

E. D. HI RSCH, JR.

Praise for The Making of Americans “The most cogent and persuasive version of [Hirsch’s] views that I have seen. . . .This is not just a good book. It is an important book.”

“E. D. Hirsch is one of the very few academics in this country who can write for a wide audience about complex issues without ever condescending, oversimplifying, or falling into a populist rant.”

—Robert Scholes, Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Humanities Emeritus, Brown University

—David Labaree, Professor of Education, Stanford University

Praise for E. D. Hirsch, Jr. “If American education is ever to meet its lofty ideals of equity and excellence, it will be because of [Hirsch’s] leadership and courage.”

“The nation will forever be in the debt of this brilliant and courageous patriot. How lucky we are that he became interested in how children learn, and then with great generosity and steadfastness translated his theories into a real-life movement.”

—Diane Ravitch

♦

54

General Interest

♦

—Liz McPike, former editor, American Educator

♦

a passionate and cogent argument we teach our children THE MAKING OF AMERICANS Democracy and Our Schools

E. D. Hirsch, Jr.

W

hy, after decades of commissions, reforms, and efforts at innovation, do our schools continue to disappoint us? In this comprehensive and thought-provoking book, educational theorist E. D. Hirsch, Jr., offers a masterful analysis of how American ideas about education have veered off course, what we must do to right them, and, most importantly, why. He argues that the core problem with American education is that educational theorists, especially in the early grades, have for the past sixty years rejected academic content in favor of “child-centered” and “how-to” learning theories that are at odds with how children really learn. The result is failing schools and widening inequality, as only children from content-rich (usually better-off) homes can take advantage of the schools’ educational methods. Hirsch unabashedly confronts the education establishment, arguing that a content-based curriculum is essential to addressing social and economic inequality. A nationwide, specific, grade-by-grade curriculum established in the early school grades can help fulfill one of America’s oldest and most compelling dreams: to give all children, regardless of language, religion, or origins, the opportunity to participate as equals and become competent citizens. Hirsch not only reminds us of these inspiring ideals, he offers an ambitious and specific plan for achieving them.

“In this important defense of the idea of a common national curriculum, E. D. Hirsch makes a lucid and convincing case that our habit of confusing such a curriculum with retrograde social and educational views has given us ‘sixty years without a curriculum.’” —Gerald Graff, 2008 President, Modern Language Association

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

♦ ♦

E . D . H I R S C H , J R . , founder of the Core Knowledge Foundation, recently retired as University Professor of Education and Humanities and Linden Kent Memorial Professor of English Emeritus, University of Virginia. His previous books include the bestselling Cultural Literacy and, most recently, The Knowledge Deficit. He lives in Charlottesville, VA.

National media interviews National feature coverage Radio interview campaign Off-the-book-page features Cross-promotion with The Core Knowledge Foundation Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Education/Current Events 272 pp. 13 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-15281-4 $25.00 For sale in North America only

General Interest

55

WHY THE DREYFUS AFFAIR MATTERS Louis Begley From the prize-winning author of Wartime Lies, this is an anatomy of the infamous prosecution of a Jewish officer attached to the French Army’s General Staff, with profound implications for our own time

I

n December 1894, Captain Alfred Dreyfus, a brilliant French artillery officer and a Jew of Alsatian descent, was court-martialed for selling secrets to the German military attaché in Paris based on perjured testimony and trumped-up evidence. The sentence was military degradation and life imprisonment on Devil’s Island, a hellhole off the coast of French Guiana. Five years later, the case was overturned, and eventually Dreyfus was completely exonerated. Meanwhile, the Dreyfus Affair tore France apart, pitting Dreyfusards—committed to restoring freedom and honor to an innocent man convicted of a crime committed by another—against nationalists, anti-Semites, and militarists who preferred having an innocent man rot to exposing the crimes committed by ministers of war and the army’s top brass in order to secure Dreyfus’s conviction. Was the Dreyfus Affair merely another instance of the rise in France of a virulent form of anti-Semitism? In Why the Dreyfus Affair Matters, Begley draws upon his legal expertise to create a riveting account of the famously complex case, and to remind us of the interest each one of us has in the faithful execution of laws as the safeguard of our liberties and honor.

L O U I S B E G L E Y is a bestselling novelist and a lawyer who retired after a forty-five-year career as partner in one of America’s great law firms. His fiction includes Wartime Lies, About Schmidt, and, most recently, Matters of Honor. 56

General Interest

“No other work in English on the Dreyfus Affair matches the clarity, the concision, and the passion of this one. A lawyer and novelist, Louis Begley explains the legal technicalities and untangles a byzantine narrative. He shows why this abuse of power should still concern us today.”—Robert O. Paxton, author of The Anatomy of Fascism

♦

Why X Matters

Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

National review attention National media interviews Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September History/Law 272 pp. 1 b/w illus. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4 978-0-300-12532-0 $25.00

PARADOXICAL LIFE Meaning, Matter, and the Power of Human Choice

Andreas Wagner For readers of Hofstadter’s Gödel, Escher, Bach, a fascinating look at the hidden meaning in matter

W

hat can a fingernail tell us about the mysteries of creation? In one sense, a nail is merely a hunk of mute matter, yet in another, it’s an information superhighway quite literally at our fingertips. Every moment, streams of molecular signals direct our cells to move, flatten, swell, shrink, divide, or die. Andreas Wagner’s ambitious new book explores this hidden web of unimaginably complex interactions in every living being. In the process, he unveils a host of paradoxes underpinning our understanding of modern biology, contradictions he considers gatekeepers at the frontiers of knowledge. Though we tend to think of concepts in such mutually exclusive pairs as mind-matter, self-other, and nature-nurture, Wagner argues that these opposing ideas are not actually separate. Indeed, they are as inextricably connected as the two sides of a coin. Through a tour of modern biological marvels, Wagner illustrates how this paradoxical tension has a profound effect on the way we define the world around us. Paradoxical Life is thus not only a unique account of modern biology. It ultimately serves a radical—and optimistic—outlook for humans and the world we help create.

A N D R E A S WA G N E R is a professor in the department of biochemistry at the University of Zurich and an external faculty member at the Santa Fe Institute. Educated at Yale University and at the University of Vienna, Wagner focuses his research on the evolution and evolvability of biological systems. He lives in Zurich.

“Wagner presents a new way of looking at the relationship between science and ourselves, and of thinking about some very old arguments. This is a book for readers of Douglas Hofstadter, Karl Popper, and Richard Dawkins.”—Jonathan Kaplan, Oregon State University

“The full-blooded, dynamical thinking of a scientist at the height of his creative powers, this is a breathtakingly original and intellectually exciting synthesis of all that biology has taught us of how science relates to the world.” —Günter Wagner, Yale University

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Science 272 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14923-4 $28.00

General Interest

57

The renowned author of takes a new and controversial look A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

EAMON DUF FY Praise for The Stripping of the Altars: “Deeply imaginative, movingly written, and splendidly illustrated.”—Maurice Keen, New York Review of Books

“This book will afford enjoyment and enlightenment to layman and specialist alike. Duffy sweeps the reader along . . . by his lively and absorbing detail, his piercing insights, his patient analysis, and his vigour in debates.” —Peter Heath, Times Literary Supplement

58

Q: What does Fires of Faith tell us about the consequences of religious brutality?

Q: How do your research and your beliefs

A: Later generations built the reign of Mary Tudor into a protestant national myth—innocence and truth pursued by popish brutality. I hope the book shows that matters were not quite so simple. A lot of the catholic restoration was won by brilliant writing and preaching, and by impressive organisational grip. And even the repressive side of the story was never straightforwardly a matter of moral dark and light. Many of the hunters shrank instinctively from violence, pitied the victims, and struggled for loopholes to release them. Many of the victims approved of punishing heresy, but thought catholics, not protestants, were the ones who should be suffering. And, sadly, I fear the book also provides some evidence that rigorously planned and ruthlessly pursued persecution achieves results, though that’s not a notion with much appeal in our time.

A: I’m a Roman Catholic, and I suppose my books are marked by an imaginative empathy for the feel and texture of popular catholicism. Empathy can be a wonderful tool for a historian, helping you to see what others miss. But inevitably, there’s a price. Sympathy for some of the people of the past can entail a lack of feeling for others. That’s why we always need different historical perspectives on the same issues and episodes. But in Fires of Faith I have tried to do justice both to the idealism of those who imposed catholicism under Mary Tudor, and of those at the receiving end of that sometimes savage zeal. And that’s why the book devotes so much space to the grim topic of the burnings.

General Interest

intersect?

♦

♦

♦

The Stripping of the Altars at the reign of England’s “Bloody Mary” FIRES OF FAITH Catholic England under Mary Tudor

Eamon Duffy

T

he reign of Mary Tudor has been remembered as an era of sterile repression, when a reactionary monarch launched a doomed attempt to reimpose Catholicism on an unwilling nation. Above all, the burning alive of more than 280 men and women for their religious beliefs seared the rule of “Bloody Mary” into the protestant imagination as an alien aberration in the onward and upward march of the English-speaking peoples. In this controversial reassessment, the renowned reformation historian Eamon Duffy argues that Mary’s regime was neither inept nor backward looking. Led by the queen’s cousin, Cardinal Reginald Pole, Mary’s church dramatically reversed the religious revolution imposed under the child king Edward VI. Inspired by the values of the European Counter-Reformation, the cardinal and the queen reinstated the papacy and launched an effective propaganda campaign through pulpit and press.

✦ ALSO BY EAMON DUFFY:

The Stripping of the Altars Traditional Religion in England, 1400–1580 Second Edition paper 978-0-300-10828-6

English People and Their Prayers, 1240–1570 978-0-300-11714-1

$38.00

Saints and Sinners A History of the Popes, Third Edition paper 978-0-300-11597-0

Even the most notorious aspect of the regime, the burnings, proved devastatingly effective. Only the death of the childless queen and her cardinal on the same day in November 1558 brought the protestant Elizabeth to the throne, thereby changing the course of English history.

$23.00

Marking the Hours

$19.00

The Voices of Morebath Reformation and Rebellion in an English Village paper 978-0-300-09825-9

$16.00

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

National review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September

E A M O N D U F F Y is professor of the history of Christianity at the University of Cambridge.

History/Religious History 280 pp. 30 illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-15216-6 $28.50

General Interest

59

THE RELIGION AND SCIENCE DEBATE Why Does It Continue? Edited by

Harold W. Attridge

Six acclaimed scholars—including a biologist, a sociologist, a historian, a philosopher, and a physicist—examine the evolution debate.

E

ighty-one years after America witnessed the Scopes trial over the teaching of evolution in public schools, the debate between science and religion continues. In this book scholars from a variety of disciplines—sociology, history, science, and theology—provide new insights into the contemporary dialogue as well as some perspective suggestions for delineating the responsibilities of both the scientific and religious spheres. Why does the tension between science and religion continue? How have those tensions changed during the past one hundred years? How have those tensions impacted the public debate about so-called “intelligent design” as a scientific alternative to evolution? With wit and wisdom the authors address the conflict from its philosophical roots to its manifestations within American culture. In doing so, they take an important step toward creating a society that reconciles scientific inquiry with the human spirit. This book, which marks the one hundredth anniversary of The Terry Lectures Series, offers a unique perspective for anyone interested in the debate between science and religion in America.

H A R O L D W. AT T R I D G E is the Dean and Lillian Claus Professor of New Testament at the Yale Divinity School. He lives in New Haven, CT. 60

General Interest

✦

Essays by: Lawrence M. Krauss Kenneth R. Miller Ronald L. Numbers Alvin Plantinga Robert Wuthnow Introduction by Keith Thomson

✦

The Terry Lectures Series

✦

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

National features coverage Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Religion/Science/Philosophy 224 pp. 4 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-15299-9 $16.00 cloth 978-0-300-15298-2 $45.00tx

THE BOOK OF MORMON The Earliest Text Edited by

Royal Skousen

Based on the earliest sources available, this corrected text represents the most accurate and readable edition of the Book of Mormon ever published

F

irst published in 1830, the Book of Mormon is the authoritative scripture of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints and its estimated 13 million members. Over the past twenty-one years, editor Royal Skousen has pored over Joseph Smith’s original manuscripts and identified more than 2,000 textual errors in the 1830 edition. Although most of these discrepancies stem from inadvertent errors in copying and typesetting the text, the Yale edition contains about 600 corrections that have never appeared in any standard edition of the Book of Mormon, and about 250 of them affect the text’s meaning. Skousen’s corrected text is a work of remarkable dedication and will be a landmark in American religious scholarship. Completely redesigned and typeset by nationally awardwinning typographer Jonathan Saltzman, this new edition has been reformatted in sense-lines, making the text much more logical and pleasurable to read. Featuring a lucid introduction by historian Grant Hardy, the Yale edition serves not only as the most accurate version of the Book of Mormon ever published but also as an illuminating entryway into a vital religious tradition.

R O YA L S K O U S E N is a professor of linguistics and English language at Brigham Young University and the leading expert on the textual history of the Book of Mormon. This is the tenth book in his ongoing Critical Text Project.

“Royal Skousen has single-handedly brought the textual analysis of the Book of Mormon to a professional level on par with the finest classical and biblical scholarship. This volume is the culmination of his labors, and it is the most textually significant edition since Joseph Smith’s work was first published in 1830.”—Grant Hardy, author of The Book of Mormon: A Reader’s Edition

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

National features coverage Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Religion 832 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14218-1 $35.00

General Interest

61

THE DEADLY DINNER PARTY and Other Medical Detective Stories

Jonathan A. Edlow, M.D.

E.R. and House meet Sherlock Holmes in these riveting and real-life stories of medical detective work

P

icking up where Berton Roueché’s The Medical Detectives left off, The Deadly Dinner Party presents fifteen edge-of-your-seat medical detective stories written by a practicing physician. Award-winning author Jonathan Edlow, M.D., shows the doctor as detective and the epidemiologist as elite sleuth in stories that are as gripping as the best thrillers. In these stories, a notorious stomach bug turns a suburban dinner party into a disaster that almost claims its host; a diminutive woman routinely eats more than her footballplaying boyfriend but continually loses weight; a young executive is diagnosed with lung cancer, yet the tumors seem to wax and wane inexplicably. Written for the layperson who wishes to better grasp how doctors decipher the myriad clues and puzzling symptoms they often encounter, each story presents a very different case where doctors must work quickly to find the accurate diagnosis before it is too late. Edlow uses his unique ability to relate complex medical concepts in a writing style that is clear, engaging, and easily understandable. The resulting stories both entertain us and teach us much about medicine, its history, and the subtle interactions among pathogens, humans, and the environment.

“Drama, intrigue, solid detective work are the fabric on which Edlow weaves a bountiful collection of fascinating stories. It will inform and keep you spellbound. The pulse is exciting, the thrill of discovery palpable. Masterfully written.”—Sanjiv Chopra, M.D., Harvard Medical School, author of Dr. Sanjiv Chopra’s Liver Book

“Offers mystery stories in the tradition of Berton Roueché that are every bit as exciting and illuminating as the originals. Edlow’s stories are replete with information about strange medical adventures and treatments that any of us might experience one day.” —Philip A. Mackowiak, M.D., University of Maryland School of Medicine

✦ ALSO BY JONATHAN A. EDLOW:

Bull’s-Eye Unraveling the Medical Mystery of Lyme Disease paper 978-0-300-10370-0

$18.50sc

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

J O N AT H A N A . E D L O W, M.D., F.A.C.P. , is vice chair of emergency medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, and associate professor of medicine, Harvard Medical School. He is also the author of the award-winning Bull’s-Eye and Stroke. He lives near Boston, MA. 62

General Interest

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Science/Medicine 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12558-0 $27.50

GREEN INTELLIGENCE Creating Environments That Protect Human Health

John Wargo An environmental expert offers sound advice on the world’s growing chemical dangers

W

e live in a world awash in manmade chemicals, from the pesticides on our front lawns to the diesel exhaust in the air we breathe. Although experts are beginning to understand the potential dangers of these substances, there are still more than 80,000 synthetic compounds that have not been sufficiently tested to interpret their effects on human health. Yale University professor John Wargo has spent much of his career researching the impact of chemical exposures on women and children. In this book, he explains the origins of society’s profound misunderstanding of everyday chemical hazards and offers a practical path toward developing greater “green intelligence.” Despite the rising trend in environmental awareness, information about synthetic substances is often unavailable, distorted, kept secret, or presented in a way that prevents citizens from acting to reduce threats to their health and the environment. By examining the histories of five hazardous technologies and practices, Wargo finds remarkable patterns in the delayed discovery of dangers and explains the governments’ failures to manage them effectively. Sobering yet eminently readable, Wargo’s book ultimately offers a clear vision for a safer future through prevention, transparency, and awareness. J O H N WA R G O is professor of environmental policy, risk analysis, and political science at the Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Studies and the Department of Political Science at Yale University. He is chair of the Environmental Studies Major in Yale College and has been an adviser to several EPA administrators and National Academy of Sciences committees, the U.S. Congress, the U.N. World Health Organization, and Vice President Al Gore. The author of Our Children’s Toxic Legacy, Wargo lives in Killingworth, CT.

“Green Intelligence is by far the most informed, cogent, and readable of the books on the environment that I have encountered. Wargo’s argument is clear and compelling, his approach is unusual and insightful, and his science is sound.”—Herbert Needleman, M.D., University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine

✦ ALSO BY JOHN WARGO:

Our Children’s Toxic Legacy How Science and Law Fail to Protect Us from Pesticides paper 978-0-300-07446-8

$27.00tx

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

National media interviews Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September

Environmental Studies/ Current Events 400 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11037-1 $32.50

General Interest

63

1688 The First Modern Revolution

Steve Pincus Based on new archival information, this book upends two hundred years of scholarship on England’s Glorious Revolution to claim that it—not the French Revolution—was the first truly modern revolution.

F

or two hundred years historians have viewed England’s Glorious Revolution of 1688–1689 as an un-revolutionary revolution—bloodless, consensual, aristocratic, and above all, sensible. In this brilliant new interpretation Steve Pincus refutes this traditional view. By expanding the interpretive lens to include a broader geographical and chronological frame, Pincus demonstrates that England’s revolution was a European event, that it took place over a number of years, not months, and that it had repercussions in India, North America, the West Indies, and continental Europe. His rich historical narrative traces the transformation of English foreign policy, religious culture, and political economy that, he argues, was the intended consequence of the revolutionaries. James II developed a modernization program that emphasized centralized control, repression of dissidents, and territorial empire. The revolutionaries, by contrast, took advantage of the new economic possibilities to create a bureaucratic but participatory state. The postrevolutionary English state emphasized its ideological break with the past and envisioned itself as continuing to evolve. All of this, argues Pincus, makes the Glorious Revolution the first truly modern revolution. This wide-ranging book reenvisions the nature of the Glorious Revolution and of revolutions in general, the causes and consequences of commercialization, the nature of liberalism, and ultimately the origins and contours of modernity itself.

S T E V E P I N C U S is professor of history at Yale University. He is the author of The Politics of the Public Sphere in Early Modern England, Protestantism and Patriotism, and England’s Glorious Revolution. He lives in Cambridge, MA, and New Haven, CT. 64

General Interest

“In this prodigious work of scholarship, vast in scope and profound in its implications, Pincus challenges Macaulay and the orthodox view that the Glorious Revolution was moderate, peaceful, and conservative, and reveals a violent transformational event that revolutionized England’s state, church, and political economy, and introduced political modernity.”—Bernard Bailyn, Harvard University

“Utterly extraordinary.” —Don Herzog, University of Michigan

✦

The Lewis Walpole Series in Eighteenth-Century Studies

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September History 672 pp. 72 b/w illus. 7 x 10 978-0-300-11547-5 $40.00

BOYHOODS Rethinking Masculinities

Ken Corbett

In the tradition of Carol Gilligan’s In a Different Voice, a groundbreaking understanding of the development of boys that truly re-defines masculinity

F

amiliar and expected gender patterns help us to understand boys but often constrict our understanding of any given boy. Writing in a wonderfully robust and engaging voice, Ken Corbett argues for a new psychology of masculinity, one that is not strictly dependent on normative expectation. As he writes in his introduction, “no two boys, no two boyhoods are the same.” In Boyhoods Corbett seeks to release boys from the grip of expectation as Mary Pipher did for girls in Reviving Ophelia. Corbett grounds his understanding of masculinity in his clinical practice and in a dynamic reading of feminist and queer theories. New social ideals are being articulated. New possibilities for recognition are in play. How is a boy made between the body, the family, and the culture? Does a boy grow by identifying with his father, or by separating from his mother? Can we continue to presume that masculinity is made at home? Corbett uses case studies to defy stereotypes, depicting masculinity as various and complex. He examines the roles that parental and cultural anxiety play in development, and he argues for a more nuanced approach to cross-gendered fantasy and experience, one that does not mistake social consensus for wellbeing. Corbett challenges us at last to a fresh consideration of gender, with profound implications for understanding all boys.

K E N C O R B E T T is Clinical Assistant Professor at the New York University Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. He is an analyst in practice with adults and children in New York City.

“Boyhoods is a magnificently articulate guide towards the complexity and respect without which understanding human psychology and sexuality is impossible. Through superbly rendered case histories, Corbett offers new possibilities of theorizing and imagining masculinity. He writes with gentle, unassailable reason, marvelous empathy, playful, subversive wit, and scrupulous self-examination and courage. This is a beautiful contribution to the all-important work of undoing the ‘fossilized’ version of masculinity which lamentably remains our social and therapeutic norm.”—Tony Kushner

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

National review attention Off-the-book page features Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Psychology 224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14984-5 $26.00

General Interest

65

THE JAGUAR’S SHADOW Searching for a Mythic Cat

Richard Mahler

In the tradition of Peter Matthiessen’s The Snow Leopard, an intimate portrait of the endangered, exotic, and elusive jaguar

W

hen the nature writer Richard Mahler discovers that wild jaguars are prowling a remote corner of his home state of New Mexico, he embarks on a determined quest to see in the flesh a big, beautiful cat that is the stuff of legend—yet verifiably real. Mahler’s passion sets in motion a years-long adventure through trackless deserts, steamy jungles, and malarial swamps, as well as a confounding immersion in centuries-old debates over how we should properly regard these powerful predators: as varmints or as icons, trophies or gods? He is drawn from border badlands south to Panama’s rain forest along a route where the fate of nearly all wildlife now rests in human hands. Mahler’s odyssey introduces him to unrepentant poachers, pragmatic ranchers, midnight drug-runners, ardent conservationists, trance-induced shamans, hopeful biologists, stodgy bureaucrats, academic philosophers, macho hunters, and gentle Maya Indians. Along the way, he is forced to reconsider the true meaning of his search— and the enduring symbolism of the jaguar.

“Mahler has provided the most comprehensive portrait yet of one of the most elusive felines in the world.” —Kevin Hansen, author of Bobcat: Master of Survival

“We must decide whether we have room in our lives for life itself. Richard Mahler’s obsession with jaguars will convince anyone that we must have them out in the night of our wilder dreams. We need jaguars far more than they need us. They may be heavy, but they’re our secretive spotted brothers.” —Charles Bowden, author of Exodus/Éxodo

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

R I C H A R D M A H L E R is an award-winning writer, editor, and tour guide based in Silver City, New Mexico. He is the author or co-author of ten books, and his reporting on the environment, health, travel, arts, and culture also circulates via newspapers, magazines, the Internet, and public radio. 66

General Interest

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Nature 376 pp. 41 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12225-1 $27.00

THE ART OF NOT BEING GOVERNED An Anarchist History of Upland Southeast Asia

James C. Scott The acclaimed author James Scott adopts a radically different approach to history to tell the story of the deliberately stateless peoples who occupy a vast track of land in Asia called Zomia

F

or two thousand years the disparate groups that now reside in Zomia (a mountainous region the size of Europe that consists of portions of seven Asian countries) have fled the projects of the organized state societies that surround them—slavery, conscription, taxes, corvée labor, epidemics, and warfare. Essentially an “anarchist history,” this book is the first-ever examination of why people would deliberately and reactively remain stateless. Among the strategies employed by the people of Zomia to remain stateless are physical dispersion in rugged terrain; agricultural practices that enhance mobility; pliable ethnic identities; devotion to prophetic, millenarian leaders; and maintenance of a largely oral culture that allows them to reinvent their histories and genealogies as they move between and around states.

“A brilliant study rich with humanity and cultural insights, this book will change the way readers think about human history—and about themselves. It is one of the most fascinating and provocative works in social history and political theory that I, for one, have ever read.” —Robert W. Hefner, Boston University

✦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JAMES C. SCOTT:

The Moral Economy of the Peasant Rebellion and Subsistence in Southeast Asia paper 978-0-300-02190-5

James Scott, recognized worldwide as an eminent authority in Southeast Asian, peasant, and agrarian studies, tells the story of the peoples of Zomia and their unlikely odyssey in search of self-determination. He redefines our views on Asian politics, history, demographics, and even our fundamental ideas about what constitutes civilization, and challenges us with a radically different approach to history that presents events from the perspective of stateless peoples and redefines state-making as a form of “internal colonialism.” This new perspective requires a radical reevaluation of the civilizational narratives of the lowland states, and represents a new way to think of other runaway, fugitive, and marooned communities. J A M E S C . S C O T T is Sterling Professor of Political Science, professor of anthropology, and codirector of the Agrarian Studies Program, Yale University, and a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

$20.00tx

Seeing Like a State How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed paper 978-0-300-07815-2

$21.00sc

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Politics/History 464 pp. 7 maps and 2 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15228-9 $35.00

General Interest

67

CELESTINA Fernando de Rojas Translated by Margaret Sayers Peden Edited and with an Introduction by Roberto González Echevarría

The first European novel, exquisitely translated by Margaret Sayers Peden

A

timeless story of love, morality, and tragedy, Fernando de Rojas’s Celestina is a classic of Spanish literature. Second only to Don Quixote in its cultural importance, Rojas’s dramatic dialogue presents the elaborate tale of a star-crossed courtship between the young nobleman Calisto and the beautiful maiden Melibea in fifteenth-century Spain. Their unforgettable saga plays out in vibrant exchanges, presented here in a brilliant new translation by award-winning translator Margaret Sayers Peden. After a chance encounter with Melibea leaves Calisto entranced by her charms, he enlists the services of Celestina, an aged prostitute, madam, and procuress, to arrange another meeting. She promptly seizes control of the affair, guiding it through a series of mishaps before it meets its tragic end. At times a comic character and at others a self-assertive promoter of women’s sexual license, Celestina is an inimitable personality with a surprisingly modern consciousness, certain to be relished by a new generation of readers.

“A new English version of Celestina—a surprisingly modern Spanish masterpiece of the Renaissance—by an accomplished American translator. What a treat for readers!” —Edith Grossman, translator of Don Quixote

♦

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

M A R G A R E T S AY E R S P E D E N is professor emerita of Spanish at the University of Missouri and the translator of major works by Octavio Paz, Pablo Neruda, Isabel Allende, and others. R O B E R T O G O N Z Á L E Z E C H E VA R R Í A is Sterling Professor of Hispanic and Comparative Literature, Yale University. 68

General Interest

The Margellos World Republic of Letters

The Margellos World Republic of Letters series identifies works of cultural and artistic significance previously overlooked by translators and publishers, canonical works of literature and philosophy needing new translations, as well as important contemporary authors whose work has not yet been translated into English.

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Literature 288 pp. 21 b/w illus. 5 x 7 3/4 978-0-300-14198-6 $22.00

SIN A History

Gary A. Anderson

A ground-breaking history of sin in the Jewish and Christian traditions, written by a preeminent biblical scholar

W

hat is sin? Is it simply wrongdoing? Why do its effects linger over time? In this sensitive, imaginative, and original work, Gary Anderson shows how changing conceptions of sin and forgiveness lay at the very heart of the biblical tradition. Spanning nearly two thousand years, the book brilliantly demonstrates how sin, once conceived of as a physical burden, becomes, over time, eclipsed by economic metaphors. Transformed from a weight that an individual carried, sin becomes a debt that must be repaid in order to be redeemed in God’s eyes. Anderson shows how this ancient Jewish revolution in thought shaped the way the Christian church understood the death and resurrection of Jesus and eventually led to the development of various penitential disciplines, deeds of charity, and even papal indulgences. In so doing it reveals how these changing notions of sin provided a spur for the Protestant Reformation.

“In this highly original study, Gary Anderson draws on a cornucopia of sources (biblical, patristic, rabbinic) to show how different metaphors, e.g. a weight on one’s back or a debt to be paid, have shaped the development of Jewish and Christian understandings of sin. Though Anderson ranges far and wide, he never loses sight of the big picture.” —Robert Louis Wilken, William R. Kenan, Jr., Professor of the History of Christianity, University of Virginia

Marketing Highlights ♦

Broad in scope while still exceptionally attentive to detail, this ambitious and profound book unveils one of the most seismic shifts that occurred in religious belief and practice, deepening our understanding of one of the most fundamental aspects of human experience.

G A R Y A . A N D E R S O N is professor of Old Testament/ Hebrew Bible in the Department of Theology at Notre Dame. He lives in Notre Dame, IN.

♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September Religion/History 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14989-0 $30.00

General Interest

69

ON THE DEATH AND LIFE OF LANGUAGES Claude Hagège Translated by Jody Gladding

T

wenty-five languages die each year; at this pace, half the world’s five thousand languages will disappear within the next century. In this timely book, Claude Hagège seeks to make clear the magnitude of the cultural loss represented by the crisis of language death. By focusing on the relationship of language to culture and the world of ideas, Hagège shows how languages are themselves crucial repositories of culture; the traditions, proverbs, and knowledge of our ancestors reside in the language we use. His wide-ranging examination covers all continents and language families to uncover not only how languages die, but also how they can be revitalized—for example in the remarkable case of Hebrew. In a striking metaphor, Hagège likens languages to bonfires of social behavior that leave behind sparks even after they die; from these sparks languages can be rekindled and made to live again.

✦

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

C L A U D E H A G È G E is the Chair of Linguistic Theory at the Collège de France in Paris. He is the author of more than fifteen books and the recipient of numerous awards and honors, including the Gold Medal from Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. He lives in Paris.

An Editions Odile Jacob Book

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September

Linguistics/Sociology/Anthropology 368 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-13733-0 $30.00

THE GREAT CALIPHS The Golden Age of the ‘Abbasid Empire Amira K. Bennison

I

n this accessibly written history, Amira K. Bennison contradicts the common assumption that Islam somehow interrupted the smooth flow of Western civilization from its Graeco-Roman origins to its more recent European and American manifestations. Instead, she places Islamic civilization in the longer trajectory of Mediterranean civilizations and sees the ‘Abbasid Empire (750–1258 C.E.) as the inheritor and interpreter of Graeco-Roman traditions. At its greatest extent the ‘Abbasid caliphate stretched over the entire Middle East and part of North Africa, and influenced Islamic regimes as far west as Spain. Bennison’s examination of the politics, society, and culture of the ‘Abbasid period presents a picture of a society that nurtured many of the “civilized” values that Western civilization claims to represent, albeit in different premodern forms: from urban planning and international trade networks to religious pluralism and academic research. Bennison’s argument counters the common Western view of Muslim culture as alien and offers a new perspective on the relationship between Western and Islamic cultures.

A M I R A K . B E N N I S O N is senior lecturer in Middle Eastern and Islamic Studies at the University of Cambridge. 70

General Interest

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing September History 256 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15227-2 $30.00

For sale in the United States, its territories and dependencies, the Philippine Islands, and Canada only

WAR WITHOUT FRONTS The U.S. in Vietnam

Bernd Greiner

A brutal close-up of a strategy of civilian slaughter sanctioned by American leaders, and arguably a final indictment of the American war in Vietnam

T

o this day, the My Lai massacre has remained the most shocking episode of the Vietnam War. Yet it is now becoming clear that this infamous incident was not an exception or aberration. Based on extensive research and unprecedented access to U.S. Army archives, War Without Fronts reveals the true extent of war crimes committed by American troops in Vietnam. In a series of case studies, Greiner looks at the killing work of U.S. Army death squads from 1967 to 1971. Rather than pointing the finger at the “grunts” fighting a dirty war on the ground, Greiner argues that the responsibility for these atrocities extends all the way up to the White House and the Pentagon. The escalation of violence on the ground can be attributed to several factors: a U.S. political leadership afraid for the United States to lose its credibility and unable, against better advice, to stop the war; a military that devised a strategy of attrition based on “body counts” as the only way to defeat an enemy skilled in unconventional warfare; officers who were badly trained, lacking in motivation and interested only in furthering their careers; soldiers who realized they were utterly disposable and sought to empower themselves through random killing. The result was the torture, rape, maiming, and murder of countless Vietnamese civilians.

B E R N D G R E I N E R is professor at the University of Hamburg, as well as the director of the research program on the theory and history of violence at the Hamburg Institute of Social Research.

Shortly before 8 a.m. on 16 March 1968, C-Company, First Battalion, Twentieth Infantry, Eleventh Brigade, Americal Division, on a search-and-destroy mission in Quang Ngai Province, South Vietnam, entered the small hamlet of My Lai. By noon every living being the troops could find was dead—about 500 women, children and old men had been systematically murdered. Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

September History 576 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15451-1 $35.00 For sale in the U.S. only

General Interest

71

THE GATES OF HELL Sir John Franklin’s Tragic Quest for the North West Passage

Andrew Lambert From one of our foremost naval historians, the compelling story of the doomed Arctic voyage of the HMS Erebus and the HMS Terror, commanded by Captain Sir John Franklin

A

ndrew Lambert, a leading authority on naval history, reexamines the life of Sir John Franklin and his final, doomed Arctic voyage. Franklin was a man of his time, fascinated, even obsessed with, the need to explore the world; he had already mapped nearly two-thirds of the northern coastline of North America when he undertook his third Arctic voyage in 1845, at the age of fifty-nine.

“An insightful, provocative, and very stimulating work.”—Gary Weir, Chief Historian, National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency

His two ships were fitted with the latest equipment; steam engines enabled them to navigate the pack ice, and he and his crew had a three-year supply of preserved and tinned food and more than one thousand books. Despite these preparations, the voyage ended in catastrophe: the ships became imprisoned in the ice, and the men were wracked by disease and ultimately wiped out by hypothermia, scurvy, and cannibalism.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

Franklin’s mission was ostensibly to find the elusive North West Passage, a viable sea route between Europe and Asia reputed to lie north of the American continent. Lambert shows for the first time that there were other scientific goals for the voyage and that the disaster can only be understood by reconsidering the original objectives of the mission. Franklin, commonly dismissed as a bumbling fool, emerges as a more important and impressive figure, in fact, a hero of navigational science.

A N D R E W L A M B E R T is Laughton Professor of Naval History in the Department of War Studies at King’s College, London. He is also a fellow of the Royal Historical Society. He has also written and presented the 2004 BBC television series War at Sea.

September History/Biography 416 pp. 8 color illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15485-6 $32.50 For sale in the United States only

72

General Interest

ANDY WARHOL Arthur C. Danto An elegant, masterful portrait of Andy Warhol’s life, character, and lasting influence by an eminent art critic

I

n a work of great wisdom and insight, art critic and philosopher Arthur Danto delivers a compact, masterful tour of Andy Warhol’s personal, artistic, and philosophical transformations. Danto traces the evolution of the pop artist, including his early reception, relationships with artists such as Jasper Johns and Robert Rauschenberg, and the Factory phenomenon. He offers close readings of individual Warhol works, including their social context and philosophical dimensions, key differences with predecessors such as Marcel Duchamp, and parallels with successors like Jeff Koons. Danto brings to bear encyclopedic knowledge of Warhol’s time and shows us Warhol as an endlessly multidimensional figure—artist, political activist, filmmaker, writer, philosopher—who retains permanent residence in our national imagination.

“A distinctive original contribution that can be read in a single sitting, but embodies the wisdom of a lifetime of looking, reflection and writing. It’s as if Danto has been waiting all these years to produce this magnificent synthesis.” —David Carrier, Cleveland Institute of Art

♦ Icons of America

Danto suggests that “what makes him an American icon is that his subject matter is always something that the ordinary American understands: everything, or nearly everything he made art out of came straight out of the daily lives of very ordinary Americans. . . . The tastes and values of ordinary persons all at once were inseparable from advanced art.”

Icons of America is a series of short works by leading scholars, critics, and writers on American history, or more properly the image of America in American history, through the lens of a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

A R T H U R C . D A N T O is Johnsonian Professor Emeritus of Philosophy at Columbia University. Danto is the art critic for the Nation and the author of numerous books, including Unnatural Wonders: Essays from the Gap Between Art and Life, After the End of Art, and Beyond the Brillo Box: The Visual Arts in PostHistorical Perspective.

National review attention Off-the-book-page features Online marketing Academic and library marketing

October Biography 184 pp. 6 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-13555-8 $24.00

General Interest

73

In the tradition of Jane Goodall and Dian Fossey, offers an unusual glimpse

G . A . B RA D S H AW Has contributed to establishing the field of trans-species psychology

✦

Frequently discusses the psychology of elephants, wildlife, and other animals in the national media, including 20/20 and National Geographic television and magazine

Winni Wintermeyer

✦

Was featured prominently in the October 2006 New York Times Magazine article “An Elephant Crackup?”

✦

Q: How did you become interested in elephants and their welfare? A: Often, when people who work with elephants are asked this question, they answer: “The elephants chose me.” And I have to say that has been my case. From a more rational perspective, my decision to study elephants was compelled by their obvious suffering. The stress has been so extreme that it has led to such un-elephant-like behavior—what the media refers to as “elephant violence.” Changes in behavior from what is considered normal doesn‘t just happen out of the blue—it has a reason. I wanted to understand the nature of elephant trauma, the causes of their psychological anguish and how to help the elephants. ♦

Photos courtesy of Cyril Christo and Marie Wilkinson

74

General Interest

♦

♦

a renowned animal trauma specialist into the elephant mind ELEPHANTS ON THE EDGE What Animals Teach Us About Humanity

G. A. Bradshaw

W

hat do neuroscience, psychology, and animal behavior tell us about the emotions and lives of elephants and other animals? G. A. Bradshaw gives a shattering and ground-breaking exploration that draws on the latest in scientific advances and on stories from India to Africa and California to Tennessee. Wars, starvation, mass culls, poaching, and habitat loss have reduced elephant numbers from more than ten million to a few hundred thousand, leaving orphans bereft of the elders who would normally mentor them. As a consequence, traumatized elephants have become aggressive against people, other animals, and even one another; their behavior is comparable to that of humans who have experienced mass extermination, other types of violence, and social collapse. By exploring the elephant mind and experience in the wild and in captivity, Bradshaw bears witness to the breakdown of ancient elephant cultures.

“Revolutionary and very exciting, this book is important both in terms of elephant biology and elephant welfare.” —Cynthia Moss, Amboseli Trust for Elephants

“A poignant presentation of the eradication of elephant societies. . . . The arguments transcend the subject matter of elephants and herald a new cultural stance on human-animal relationships.”—Lori Marino, Emory University

Marketing Highlights All is not lost. People are working to save elephants by rescuing orphaned infants and rehabilitating adult zoo and circus elephants, using the same principles psychologists apply in treating humans who have survived trauma. Pulling elephants back from the edge provides new solutions for pressing social and environmental crises affecting all animals, human or not.

♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

National feature coverage National media interviews Radio interview campaign Online marketing Academic and library marketing

Elephants on the Edge features photographs by Cyril Cristo and Marie Wilkinson.

G . A . B R A D S H AW , who holds doctorates in ecology and psychology, is director of the Kerulos Center and president and co-founder of the International Association for Animal Trauma and Recovery. She lives in Jacksonville, OR.

October Nature 320 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12731-7 $30.00

General Interest

75

TREASURES OF THE EARTH Need, Greed, and a Sustainable Future

Saleem H. Ali

A pioneering exploration of human wants and needs and the natural resources we consume

W

ould the world be a better place if human societies were somehow able to curb their desires for material goods? Saleem Ali’s pioneering book links human wants and needs by providing a natural history of consumption and materialism with scientific detail and humanistic nuance. It argues that simply disavowing consumption of materials is not likely to help in planning for a resource-scarce future, given global inequality, development imperatives, and our goals for a democratic global society. Rather than suppress the creativity and desire to discover that is often embedded in the exploration and production of material goods—which he calls “the treasure impulse”—Ali proposes a new environmental paradigm, one that accepts our need to consume “treasure” for cultural and developmental reasons, but warns of our concomitant need to conserve. In evaluating the impact of treasure consumption on resource-rich countries, he argues that there is a way to consume responsibly and alleviate global poverty.

“The history of human relationships with the earth’s resources is an important story and Ali tells it from an extraordinarily wide perspective. The interaction of our fascination with these materials and the implications of consumption behavior for the environment deserves the attention that Ali gives it in this quest to understand the psychology of treasure-seeking.” —Thomas Graedel, Yale University

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Op-eds at time of publication Online marketing Academic and library marketing

“This compelling narrative about the social, economic, and environmental effects of the quest for mineral wealth shows the human impulse of ‘acquisitiveness.’ Ali distinguishes between ‘needs’ and ‘wants’ to develop the links between consumption, environmental degradation, and human well-being.” —John Gowdy, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

S A L E E M H . A L I is associate professor of environmental studies at the University of Vermont and serves on the adjunct faculty of the Watson Institute for International Studies at Brown University. He was chosen in 2007 by Seed magazine as one of eight Revolutionary Minds in the World for his work on using the environment to help resolve conflicts. He lives in Essex Junction, VT. 76

General Interest

October Economics/Environmental Studies 320 pp. 21 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14161-0 $30.00

A NEW HISTORY OF EARLY CHRISTIANITY Charles Freeman

This stimulating history of early Christianity revisits the extraordinary birth of a world religion and gives a new slant on a familiar story

T

he relevance of Christianity is as hotly contested today as it has ever been. A New History of Early Christianity shows how our current debates are rooted in the many controversies surrounding the birth of the religion and the earliest attempts to resolve them. Charles Freeman’s meticulous historical account of Christianity from its birth in Judaea in the first century A.D. to the emergence of Western and Eastern churches by A.D. 600 reveals that it was a distinctive, vibrant, and incredibly diverse movement brought into order at the cost of intellectual and spiritual vitality. Against the conventional narrative of the inevitable “triumph” of a single distinct Christianity, Freeman shows that there was a host of competing Christianities, many of which had as much claim to authenticity as those that eventually dominated. Tracing the astonishing transformation that the early Christian church underwent—from sporadic niches of Christian communities surviving in the wake of a horrific crucifixion to sanctioned alliance with the state—Charles Freeman shows how freedom of thought was curtailed by the development of the concept of faith. The imposition of “correct belief,” religious uniformity, and an institutional framework that enforced orthodoxy were both consolidating and stifling. Uncovering the difficulties in establishing the Christian church, he examines its relationship with Judaism, Gnosticism, Greek philosophy and Greco-Roman society, and he offers dramatic new accounts of Paul, the resurrection, and the church fathers and emperors.

C H A R L E S F R E E M A N , a specialist on the ancient world and its legacy, is the author of numerous books, including The Closing of the Western Mind.

CHARLES FREEM AN author of The Closing of the Western Mind

“A New History of Early Christianity is a masterful book, and a pleasure to read. Freeman narrates the development, diversity, and spread of Christianity with originality and verve. It is a story that brims over with fascinating accounts, intriguing quotations from figures in the ancient Mediterranean, and illuminating historical analysis. It is also a crucial resource for our understanding of ongoing cultural negotiations of religious and political spheres, all those theologicopolitical paradoxes that face us now more than ever. I do not think there exists a more engaging and illuminating history of early Christianity than this one.” —Ward Blanton, University of Glasgow

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

October History/Religious History 400 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-12581-8 $35.00

General Interest

77

A QUESTION OF COMMAND Counterinsurgency from the Civil War to Iraq

Mark Moyar An argument for a dramatically different approach to counterinsurgency, based on a reinterpretation of the nature of counterinsurgency warfare

A

ccording to the prevailing view of counterinsurgency, the key to defeating insurgents is selecting methods that will win the people’s hearts and minds. The hearts-and-minds theory permeates not only most counterinsurgency books of the twenty-first century but the U.S. Army/Marine Corps Counterinsurgency Field Manual, the U.S. military’s foremost text on counterinsurgency. Mark Moyar assails this conventional wisdom, asserting that the key to counterinsurgency is selecting commanders who have superior leadership abilities. Whereas the hearts-and-minds school recommends allocating much labor and treasure to economic, social, and political reforms, Moyar advocates concentrating resources on security, civil administration, and leadership development.

“Moyar’s approach fundamentally and successfully challenges the clearly disproven but still widespread notion that any good soldier can be a good counterinsurgent. Moyar powerfully undergirds his arguments through massive research across numerous case studies diverse in time and place.” —Anthony James Joes, St. Joseph’s University

✦

Moyar presents a wide-ranging history of counterinsurgency, from the Civil War and Reconstruction to Afghanistan and Iraq, that draws on the historical record and interviews with hundreds of counterinsurgency veterans, including top leaders in today’s armed forces. Through a series of case studies, Moyar identifies the ten critical attributes of counterinsurgency leadership and reveals why these attributes have been much more prevalent in some organizations than others. He explains how the U.S. military and America’s allies in Afghanistan and Iraq should revamp their personnel systems in order to elevate more individuals with those attributes into leadership roles in these counterinsurgent wars. M A R K M O YA R is the Kim T. Adamson Chair of Insurgency and Terrorism at the U.S. Marine Corps University. A historian and an analyst of contemporary national security affairs, he is the author of Triumph Forsaken: The Vietnam War, 1954–1965, and Phoenix and the Birds of Prey: Counterinsurgency and Counterterrorism in Vietnam. He lives in Woodbridge, VA. 78

General Interest

Yale Library of Military History

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

National media interviews Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

October History 384 pp. 20 b/w illus. + 7 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15276-0 $30.00

THE HANGING OF THOMAS JEREMIAH A Free Black Man’s Encounter with Liberty

J. William Harris The tragic untold story of how a nation struggling for its freedom denied it to one of its own

I

n 1775, Thomas Jeremiah was one of fewer than 500 “Free Negros” in South Carolina and, with an estimated worth of £1000 (about $200,000), possibly the richest person of African descent in British North America. A slave owner himself, Jeremiah was falsely accused by whites—who resented his success as a Charleston harbor pilot—of sowing insurrection among slaves at the behest of the British. Chief among the accusers was Henry Laurens, Charleston’s leading patriot, a slave owner and former slave trader, who would later become the president of the Continental Congress. Lord William Campbell, royal governor of the colony, who passionately believed the accusation was unjust, tried to save Jeremiah’s life but failed. Though a free man, Jeremiah was tried in a slave court and sentenced to death. In August, 1775, he was hanged and his body burned. J. William Harris tells Jeremiah’s story in full for the first time, illuminating the contradiction between a nation that would be born in a struggle for freedom and yet deny it— often violently—to others.

J . W I L L I A M H A R R I S is professor of history at the University of New Hampshire. He is the author of The Making of the American South: A Short History, 1500–1877; Deep Souths: Delta, Piedmont and Sea Island Society in the Age of Segregation (finalist for the 2002 Pulitzer Prize in history); and Plain Folk and Gentry in a Slave Society: White Liberty and Black Slavery in Augusta’s Hinterlands. He lives in Arlington, MA.

“Beautifully written, this intense study of the conflict between liberty and slavery is told through the lives of colonial Americans in Charleston, South Carolina. In unraveling the mystery of a slave insurrection plot, Harris provides a wonderfully thick description of colonial life in Charles Town, South Carolina, in 1775. This model microhistory opens up wonderful new insights about liberty in the context of the American Revolution: what liberty meant and for whom. This is history at its best, history as it should be.” —Orville Vernon Burton, author of The Age of Lincoln

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

November History 240 pp. 22 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15214-2 $27.50

General Interest

79

MOZART’S THIRD BRAIN Göran Sonnevi Translation, Preface, and Notes by Rika Lesser Foreword by Rosanna Warren

One of the great poetic masterpieces of the past century, exquisitely translated from the Swedish

W

inner of the 2006 Nordic Council’s Literature Prize, Swedish writer Göran Sonnevi is undoubtedly one of the most important poets working today. In Mozart’s Third Brain, his thirteenth book of verse, he attempts “a commentary on everything”—politics, current events, mathematics, love, ethics, music, philosophy, nature. Through the impeccable skill of award-winning translator Rika Lesser, Sonnevi’s long-form poem comes to life in English with the full force of its loose, fractured, and radiating intensity. A poetic tour de force that darts about dynamically and imaginatively, Mozart’s Third Brain weaves an elaborate web of associations as the poet tries to integrate his private consciousness with the world around him. Through Lesser’s translation and preface, and an enlightening foreword by Rosanna Warren, English readers will finally gain access to this masterpiece.

“Göran Sonnevi is one of the most unique and most accomplished poets writing anywhere in the world. There is no one like him in terms of the scope, the magnificence of his ambition for his work, and few come close to what he can technically manage. . . . Brilliantly translated, Rika Lesser’s verse in English is supple and capacious.”—C. K. Williams ♦

The Margellos World Republic of Letters

The Margellos World Republic of Letters series identifies works of cultural and artistic significance previously overlooked by translators and publishers, canonical works of literature and philosophy needing new translations, as well as important contemporary authors whose work has not yet been translated into English.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Born in 1939 in Lund, Sweden, G Ö R A N S O N N E V I is the author of fifteen books of poems and a volume of poetry in translation. R I K A L E S S E R is the author of four books of poems and six books of poetry in translation. She teaches poetry and literary translation and lives in Brooklyn, New York. 80

General Interest

Major review attention Author events in N.Y.C. Online marketing Academic and library marketing

October Poetry 288 pp. 6 x 7 3/4 978-0-300-14580-9 $25.00

ONE NATION UNDER CONTRACT The Outsourcing of American Power and the Future of Foreign Policy

Allison Stanger A definitive and disturbing look at one of the most important trends in government and global politics: the privatization of American foreign policy and its consequences

I

nternational relations scholar Allison Stanger shows how contractors became an integral part of American foreign policy, often in scandalous ways—but also maintains that contractors aren’t the problem; the absence of good government is. Outsourcing done right is, in fact, indispensable to America’s interests in the information age. Stanger makes three arguments. ✦ The outsourcing of U.S. government activities is far greater than most people realize, has been very poorly managed, and has inadvertently militarized American foreign policy;

“The book aims admirably for both breadth and depth, examining the specifics of private activity in defense, diplomacy, development, and security under an intellectual rubric that cuts across all four spheres. This is a fascinating treatment of an important subject.” —Debora Spar, President, Barnard College

✦ Despite this mismanagement, public-private partnerships are here to stay, so we had better learn to do them right; ✦ With improved transparency and accountability, these partnerships can significantly extend the reach and effectiveness of U.S. efforts abroad.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

Through detailed explorations of the evolution of military outsourcing, the privatization of diplomacy, our dysfunctional homeland security apparatus, and the slow death of the U.S. Agency for International Development, Stanger shows that the requisite public-sector expertise to implement foreign policy no longer exists. The successful activities of charities and NGOs, coupled with the growing participation of multinational corporations in development efforts, make a new approach essential. Provocative and farreaching, One Nation Under Contract presents a bold vision of what that new approach must be.

A L L I S O N S TA N G E R is Russell Leng Professor of International Politics and Economics at Middlebury College and director of its Rohatyn Center for International Affairs.

October

Politics/Current Events/ International Affairs 288 pp. 7 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15265-4 $26.00

General Interest

81

THE BEST TECHNOLOGY WRITING 2009 Edited by

Steven Johnson

Acclaimed author Steven Johnson picks the year’s most sparkling tech writing

“T

he ubiquity of the digital lifestyle has forced us to write and think about technology in a different way.”—Steven Johnson In his Introduction to this beautifully curated collection of essays, Steven Johnson heralds the arrival of a new generation of technology writing. Whether it is Nicholas Carr worrying that Google is making us stupid, Dana Goodyear chronicling the rise of the cellphone novel, Andrew Sullivan explaining the rewards of blogging, Dalton Conley lamenting the sprawling nature of work in the information age, or Clay Shirky marveling at the “cognitive surplus” unleashed by the decline of the TV sitcom, this new generation does not waste time speculating about the future. Its attitude seems to be: Who needs the future? The present is plenty interesting on its own.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

National feature coverage Online marketing Library marketing Cross-promotion with featured publications and contibutions

Packed with sparkling essays culled from print and online publications, The Best Technology Writing 2009 announces a fresh brand of technology journalism, deeply immersed in the fascinating complexity of digital life.

S T E V E N J O H N S O N is the author of six books, including the recent bestsellers The Invention of Air, The Ghost Map, and Everything Bad Is Good for You. He writes for the New York Times Magazine, Wired, the Guardian, Discover, and other publications, and has made numerous appearances on Charlie Rose, The Daily Show, and The Colbert Report. He lives in Brooklyn. 82

General Interest

October Media/Essays 288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15410-8 $17.95

CHARLES DICKENS Michael Slater

A magnificent new biography of the man who gave us David Copperfield, Oliver Twist, and Ebenezer Scrooge

T

his long-awaited biography, twenty years after the last major account, uncovers Dickens the man through the profession in which he excelled. Drawing on a lifetime’s study of this prodigiously brilliant figure, Michael Slater explores the personal and emotional life, the highprofile public activities, the relentless travel, the charitable works, the amateur theatricals, and the astonishing productivity. But the core focus is Dickens’ career as a writer and professional author, covering not only his big novels but also his phenomenal output of other writing—letters, journalism, shorter fiction, plays, verses, essays, writings for children, travel books, speeches, and scripts for his public readings, and the relationships among them. Slater’s account, rooted in deep research but written with affection, clarity, and economy, illuminates the context of each of the great novels while locating the life of the author within the imagination that created them. It highlights Dickens’ boundless energy, his passion for order and fascination with disorder, his organizational genius, his deep concern for the poor and outrage at indifference towards them, his susceptibility towards young women, his love of Christmas and fairy tales, and his hatred of tyranny.

“A magisterial exploration. . . . The breadth and acuity of Slater’s knowledge of Dickens is staggering, and yet the material is presented in an unpretentious, economical and compelling manner. This is a study which will enlighten every student of Dickens, and fascinate the general reader.” —Paul Schlicke, University of Aberdeen

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Holiday gift book round-ups Holiday promotions Online marketing Library marketing

Richly and precisely illustrated with many rare images, this masterly work on the complete Dickens, man and writer, becomes the indispensable guide and companion to one of the greatest novelists in the language.

M I C H A E L S L AT E R is Emeritus Professor of Victorian Literature at Birkbeck College, University of London. He is past president of the International Dickens Fellowship and of the Dickens Society of America, and the author of many books.

640 pp.

November Biography 100 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11207-8 $35.00

General Interest

83

THE BIG HOUSE Image and Reality of the American Prison

Stephen Cox

The complex and fascinating history of what it’s like “doing time” in the “Big House,” and its influence on the American imagination

T

he “Big House” is America’s idea of the prison—a huge, tough, ostentatiously oppressive pile of rock, bristling with rules and punishments, overwhelming in size and the intent to intimidate. Stephen Cox tells the story of the American prison—its politics, its sex, its violence, its inability to control itself—and its idealization in American popular culture. This book investigates both the popular images of prison and the realities behind them: problems of control and discipline, maintenance and reform, power and sexuality. It conveys an awareness of the limits of human and institutional power, and of the symbolic and iconic qualities the “Big House” has attained in America’s understanding of itself.

“Professor Cox has brought prison studies into mainstream intellectual discourse, something Foucault tried to do but failed.”–Nathan Kantrowitz, author of Close Control: Managing a Maximum Security Prison

♦ Icons of America Icons of America is a series of short works by leading scholars, critics, and writers on American history, or more properly the image of America in American history, through the lens of a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon.

“A first-rate piece of writing. . . . Captures and renders novel and interesting a remarkable nineteenth-century creation that lingers on in the twenty-first.”—Andrew Scull,

Marketing Highlights

author of Madhouse ♦ ♦ ♦

S T E P H E N C O X is professor of literature and director of the Humanities Program at the University of California, San Diego. He is the editor of Liberty magazine. 84

General Interest

Major review attention Online marketing Library marketing

November History/Sociology 224 pp. 25 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12419-4 $26.00

WHY ARCHITECTURE MATTERS Paul Goldberger

An architecture book in the tradition of Aaron Copland’s classic What to Listen for in Music, by the Pulitzer Prize–winning New Yorker critic

W

hy Architecture Matters is not a work of architectural history or a guide to the styles or an architectural dictionary, though it contains elements of all three. The purpose of Why Architecture Matters is to “come to grips with how things feel to us when we stand before them, with how architecture affects us emotionally as well as intellectually”—with its impact on our lives. “Architecture begins to matter,” writes Paul Goldberger, “when it brings delight and sadness and perplexity and awe along with a roof over our heads.” He shows us how that works in examples ranging from a small Cape Cod cottage to the “vast, flowing” Prairie houses of Frank Lloyd Wright, from the Lincoln Memorial to the highly sculptural Guggenheim Bilbao and the Church of Sant’Ivo in Rome, where “simple geometries . . . create a work of architecture that embraces the deepest complexities of human imagination.”

“Paul Goldberger is America’s foremost interpreter of public architecture.” —Tracy Kidder

♦

Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Based on decades of looking at buildings and thinking about how we experience them, the distinguished critic raises our awareness of fundamental things like proportion, scale, space, texture, materials, shapes, light, and memory. Upon completing this remarkable architectural journey, readers will enjoy a wonderfully rewarding new way of seeing and experiencing every aspect of the built world.

PA U L G O L D B E R G E R is the architecture critic for the New Yorker, where since 1997 he has written the magazine’s celebrated “Sky Line” column. He also holds the Joseph Urban Chair in Design and Architecture at The New School in Manhattan. He began his career at the New York Times, where in 1984 he received the Pulitzer Prize for Distinguished Criticism.

Why X Matters

♦ ♦

National review attention National media interviews Online marketing Academic and library marketing

November Architecture 288 pp. 55 b/w illus. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4 978-0-300-14430-7 $26.00

General Interest

85

DAZZLED AND DECEIVED Mimicry and Camouflage

Peter Forbes

The remarkable story of how mimicry is used by some of the most extraordinary creatures in the world

N

ature has perfected the art of deception. Thousands of creatures all over the world—including butterflies, moths, fish, birds, insects, and snakes— have honed and practiced camouflage over hundreds of millions of years. Imitating other animals or their surroundings, nature’s fakers use mimicry to protect themselves, to attract and repel, to bluff and warn, to forage, and to hide. The advantages of mimicry are obvious—but how does “blind” nature do it? And how has humanity learned to profit from nature’s ploys? Dazzled and Deceived tells the unique and fascinating story of mimicry and camouflage in science, art, warfare, and the natural world. Discovered in the 1850s by the young English naturalists Henry Walter Bates and Alfred Russel Wallace in the Amazonian rainforest, the phenomenon of mimicry was seized upon as the first independent validation of Darwin’s theory of natural selection. But mimicry and camouflage also created a huge impact outside the laboratory walls. Peter Forbes’s cultural history links mimicry and camouflage to art, literature, military tactics, and medical cures across the twentieth century, and charts its intricate involvement with the perennial dispute between evolution and creationism.

Praise for The Gecko’s Foot by Peter Forbes: “Not only interesting and informative, but delightful. . . . .This book fills us with wonder at what we know, and with excitement at what we might find out.” —Ross Leckie, Times (London)

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

Illuminating and lively, Dazzled and Deceived sheds new light on the greatest quest: to understand the processes of life at its deepest level.

P E T E R F O R B E S , a writer, journalist, and editor with a longstanding interest in the relationship between art and science, is the author of The Gecko’s Foot. Since 2004 he has been a Royal Literary Fund Fellow at Queen Mary University of London. 86

General Interest

November Nature 300 pp. 6 b/w + 20 color illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-12539-9 $27.50

DOMINION FROM SEA TO SEA Pacific Ascendancy and American Power

Bruce Cumings

From the author of The Origins of the Korean War, this book “faces West” to focus on the importance of the Pacific Coast in a boldly original reinterpretation of the American ascendency.

A

merica is the first world power to inhabit an immense land mass open at both ends to the world’s two largest oceans—the Atlantic and the Pacific. This gives America a great competitive advantage often overlooked by Atlanticists, whose focus remains overwhelmingly fixed on America’s relationship with Europe. Bruce Cumings challenges the Atlanticist perspective in this innovative new history, arguing that relations with Asia influenced our history greatly. Cumings chronicles how the movement westward, from the Middle West to the Pacific, has shaped America’s industrial, technological, military, and global rise to power. He unites domestic and international history, international relations, and political economy to demonstrate how technological change and sharp economic growth have created a truly bicoastal national economy that has led the world for more than a century. Cumings emphasizes the importance of American encounters with Mexico, the Philippines, and the nations of East Asia. The result is a wonderfully integrative history that advances a strong argument for a dual approach to American history incorporating both Atlanticist and Pacificist perspectives.

B R U C E C U M I N G S is chair of the history department at the University of Chicago. Author of the award-winning book The Origins of the Korean War, he has also written for the New York Review of Books, the New Left Review, the London Review of Books, and the Nation.

Praise for The Origins of the Korean War by Bruce Cumings: “Passionate, cantankerous, and fascinating. . . . Rather like Korea itself.” —Nicholas D. Kristof, New York Times Book Review

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

November History 608 pp. 21 b/w & 13 color illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11188-0 $38.00

General Interest

87

THE MASTER AND HIS EMISSARY The Divided Brain and the Making of the Western World

Iain McGilchrist A fascinating, deeply researched exploration of the differences between the brain’s left and right hemispheres, and their effect on society, history, and culture

W

hy is the brain divided? The difference between right and left hemispheres has been puzzled over for centuries. In a book of unprecedented scope, Iain McGilchrist draws on a vast body of recent brain research, illustrated with case histories, to reveal that the difference is profound—not just this or that function, but two whole, coherent, but incompatible ways of experiencing the world. The left hemisphere is detail oriented, prefers mechanisms to living things, and is inclined to self-interest, where the right hemisphere has greater breadth, flexibility, and generosity. This division helps explain the origins of music and language, and casts new light on the history of philosophy, as well as on some mental illnesses.

“A work of grand ambition, brilliantly achieved; eloquent, moving, and remarkable for the depth and scope of its scholarship.”—Professor Louis Sass, Rutgers University

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

In the second part of the book, he takes the reader on a journey through the history of Western culture, illustrating the tension between these two worlds as revealed in the thought and belief of thinkers and artists, from Aeschylus to Magritte. He argues that, despite its inferior grasp of reality, the left hemisphere is increasingly taking precedence in the modern world, with potentially disastrous consequences. This is truly a tour de force that should excite interest in a wide readership.

I A I N M C G I L C H R I S T is a former Fellow of All Souls College, Oxford, where he taught literature before training in medicine. He has an interest in brain research and now works privately in London, where he was a consultant and clinical director at the Bethlem Royal and Maudsley Hospital. 88

General Interest

November Science/Psychology 448 pp. 20 b/w + 15 color illus. 6 1/4 x 9 1/8 978-0-300-14878-7 $38.00

PASHAS Traders and Travellers in the Islamic World

James Mather

The fascinating, forgotten story of when Europe and Islam first met

L

ong before they came as occupiers, the British were drawn to the Middle East by the fabled riches of its trade and the enlightened tolerance of its people. The Pashas, merchants and travelers from Europe, discovered an Islamic world that was alluring, dynamic, and diverse. Ranging across two and a half centuries and through the great cities of Istanbul, Aleppo, and Alexandria, James Mather tells the forgotten story of the men of the Levant Company who sought their fortunes in the Ottoman Empire. Their trade brought to the region not only merchants but also ambassadors and envoys, pilgrims and chaplains, families and servants, aristocratic tourists and roving antiquarians. Unlike the nabobs who gathered their fortunes in Bengal, they both respected and learned from the culture they encountered, and their lives provide a fascinating insight into the meeting of East and West before the age of European imperialism.

“An arresting and timely addition to the literature of Western-Islamic relationships. The Levant Company has found a worthy historian at last.” —Colin Thubron, author of Shadow of the Silk Road

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

Intriguing, intimate, and original, Pashas brings to life an extraordinary tale of faraway visitors beguiled by a mysterious world of Islam.

J A M E S M AT H E R was educated at Cambridge University and at Harvard, where he was a Kennedy scholar. He is now a commercial barrister in London.

November History 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12639-6 $35.00

General Interest

89

AMONG THE GENTILES Greco-Roman Religion and Christianity

Luke Timothy Johnson

An acclaimed scholar presents a bold new interpretation of the relationship between Greco-Roman religion and Christianity

T

he question of Christianity’s relation to the other religions of the world is more pertinent and difficult today than ever before. While Christianity’s historical failure to appreciate or actively engage Judaism is notorious, Christianity’s even more shoddy record with respect to “pagan” religions is less understood. Christians have inherited a virtually unanimous theological tradition that thinks of paganism in terms of demonic possession, and of Christian missions as a rescue operation that saves pagans from inherently evil practices. In undertaking this fresh inquiry into early Christianity and Greco-Roman paganism, Luke Timothy Johnson begins with a broad definition of religion as a way of life organized around convictions and experiences concerning ultimate power. In the tradition of William James’s Variety of Religious Experience, he identifies four distinct ways of being religious: religion as participation in benefits, as moral transformation, as transcending the world, and as stabilizing the world. Using these criteria as the basis for his exploration of Christianity and paganism, Johnson finds multiple points of similarity in religious sensibility.

Praise for The Real Jesus by Luke Timothy Johnson “In the best of the recent flow of books [on Jesus] Johnson offers a devastating critique of those scholars who prefer their own reconstructed Jesus to the one attested in the New Testament.” —Newsweek

✦

The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

Christianity’s failure to adequately come to grips with its first pagan neighbors, Johnson asserts, inhibits any effort to engage positively with adherents of various world religions. This thoughtful and passionate study should help break down the walls between Christianity and other religious traditions.

L U K E T I M O T H Y J O H N S O N is the R. W. Woodruff Professor of New Testament and Christian Origins at Candler School of Theology and a Senior Fellow at the Center for the Study of Law and Religion at Emory University. 90

General Interest

November Religion 416 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14208-2 $32.50

TALKING WITH SARTRE Conversations and Debates Edited and Translated by

John Gerassi

These spirited conversations between the philosopher and his godson provide one of the most intimate, illuminating, and honest portraits of Sartre ever published.

W

hat would it be like to be privy to the mind of one of the twentieth century’s greatest thinkers? John Gerassi had just this opportunity; as a child, his mother and father were very close friends with JeanPaul Sartre and Simone de Beauvoir, and the couple became for him like surrogate parents. Authorized by Sartre to write his biography, Gerassi conducted a long series of interviews between 1970 and 1974, which he has now edited to produce this revelatory and breathtaking portrait of one of the world’s most famous intellectuals. Through the interviews, with both their informalities and their tensions, Sartre’s greater complexities emerge. In particular, we see Sartre wrestling with the apparent contradiction between his views on freedom and the influence of social conditions on our choices and actions. We also gain insight into his perspectives on the Spanish Civil War, World War II, and the disintegration of colonialism.

“John Gerassi’s conversations with Sartre make an absorbing moral, intellectual, and political chronicle. The speakers drive each other with improvisational energy—anecdotes, revelations, jokes and grudges, casual sketches of old friends and former friends jostle here as they do in the best conversation. And gradually a portrait of Sartre emerges, the most engaging and unsettling of minds; great and petty, the prey of ordinary vanity yet capable of extraordinary detachment. This book opens a door on a man and an epoch.” —David Bromwich, Yale University

These conversations add an intimate dimension to Sartre’s more abstract ideas. With remarkable rigor and intensity, they also provide a clear lens through which to view the major conflagrations of the last century.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

J O H N G E R A S S I , currently professor of political science at Queens College, City University of New York, is the author of Jean-Paul Sartre: Hated Conscience of His Century.

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

November Biography 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. with flaps 978-0-300-15901-1 $20.00 cloth 978-0-300-15107-7 $45.00tx

General Interest

91

NAZI PROPAGANDA FOR THE ARAB WORLD Jeffrey Herf

This groundbreaking history connects Nazi Germany’s Arabic-language propaganda during World War II to anti-Semitism in the Middle East in the decades since.

J

effrey Herf, a leading scholar in the field, offers the most extensive examination to date of Nazi propaganda activities targeting Arabs and Muslims in the Middle East during World War II and the Holocaust. He draws extensively on previously unused and little-known archival resources, including the shocking transcriptions of the “Axis Broadcasts in Arabic” radio programs, which convey a strongly anti-Semitic message.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

Herf explores the intellectual, political, and cultural context in which German and European radical anti-Semitism was found to resonate with similar views rooted in a selective appropriation of the traditions of Islam. Pro-Nazi Arab exiles in wartime Berlin, including Haj el-Husseini and Rashid el-Kilani, collaborated with the Nazis in constructing their Middle East propaganda campaign. By integrating the political and military history of the war in the Middle East with the intellectual and cultural dimensions of the propagandistic diffusion of Nazi ideology, Herf offers the most thorough examination to date of this important chapter in the history of World War II. Importantly, he also shows how the anti-Semitism promoted by the Nazi propaganda effort contributed to the anti-Semitism exhibited by adherents of radical forms of Islam in the Middle East today.

J E F F R E Y H E R F is a Professor in the Department of History at the University of Maryland in College Park. He is the author of several books, including Reactionary Modernism: Technology, Culture, and Politics in Weimar and the Third Reich; The Jewish Enemy: Nazi Propaganda During World War II and the Holocaust; and Divided Memory: The Nazi Past in the Two Germanys. 92

General Interest

November History 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14579-3 $30.00

THE VIRGIN WARRIOR The Life and Death of Joan of Arc

Larissa Juliet Taylor

The fascinating story of the “ordinary” teenage girl who changed the course of European history

F

rance’s great heroine and England’s great scourge: whether a lunatic, a witch, a religious icon, or a skilled soldier and leader, Joan of Arc’s contemporaries found her as extraordinary and fascinating as the legends that abound about her today. But her life has been so endlessly cast and recast that we have lost sight of the remarkable girl at the heart of it—a teenage peasant girl who, after claiming to hear voices, convinced the French king to let her lead a disheartened army into battle. In the process she changed the course of European history. In The Virgin Warrior, Larissa Juliet Taylor paints a vivid portrait of Joan as a self-confident, charismatic, and supremely determined figure, whose sheer force of will electrified those around her and struck terror into the hearts of the English soldiers and leaders. The drama of Joan’s life is set against a world where visions and witchcraft were real, where saints could appear to peasants, where battles and sieges decided the fate of kingdoms, and where rigged trials could result in burning at the stake. In her short life, Joan emboldened the French soldiers and villagers with her strength and resolve. A difficult, inflexible leader, she defied her accusers and enemies to the end. From her early years to the myths and fantasies that have swelled since her death, Taylor teases out a nuanced and engaging story of the truly irresistible “ordinary” girl who rescued France.

L A R I S S A J U L I E T TAY L O R is Associate Professor of History at Colby College. She is the author of the award-winning Soldiers of Christ: Preaching in Late Medieval and Reformation France and Heresy and Orthodoxy in Sixteenth Century Paris.

“Larissa Juliet Taylor seeks the Joan of Arc who actually lived. It is a stunning portrayal rarely encountered. Joan is intelligent, strong, articulate, and above all inspirational. If you have been looking for one book that explains how this remarkable teenage girl could accomplish all that she achieved, then this is it.”—Mack P. Holt, author of The French Wars of Religion

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

October Biography 320 pp. 16 pp b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11458-4 $30.00

General Interest

93

THE END OF EVERYTHING David Bergelson

Translated and Edited by

Joseph Sherman

O

riginally published in 1913, The End of Everything is one of the great novels of the twentieth century. Considered David Bergelson’s masterpiece, it was written in Yiddish and until now has been unavailable in a complete and accurate English translation. This version by acclaimed translator Joseph Sherman finally brings the novel to a wide English-speaking audience. Bergelson depicts the lives of upwardly mobile, self-aware nouveaux riche Jews in the waning years of the Russian Empire. The central character, Mirel Hurvits, is an educated, beautiful woman who embodies the conflict between tradition and progress, aristocracy and enterprise. A forced marriage of convenience results in Mirel’s emotional disintegration and provokes a confrontation with the expectations of her pious family and with Jewish tradition. In a unique prose style of unsurpassable range and beauty, Bergelson reduces language to its bare essentials, punctuated by silences that heighten the sense of alienation in the story.

A Russian Yiddish novelist and a member of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee, D AV I D B E R G E L S O N (1884–1952) was one of the thirteen defendants at the infamous trial of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee held in Moscow in May 1952. The translator, J O S E P H S H E R M A N , is currently Corob Fellow in Yiddish Studies at Oxford Centre for Hebrew and Jewish Studies at Oxford University. 94

General Interest

✦

New Yiddish Library Series

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

January Literature 256 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-11067-8 $18.00

JUDAISM A Way of Being

David Gelernter A highly original interpretation of Judaism as a way of life, the fundamentals of Jewish belief—and the Judaism nobody knows

W

ritten for observant and non-observant Jews and anyone interested in religion, this remarkable book by distinguished scholar David Gelernter seeks to answer the deceptively simple question: What is Judaism really about? Gelernter views Judaism as one of humanity’s most profound and sublimely beautiful achievements. But because Judaism is a way of life rather than a formal system of thought, it has been difficult for anyone but a practicing Jew to understand its unique intellectual and spiritual structure. Gelernter explores compelling questions, such as:

✦

How does Judaism’s obsession with life on earth versus the world-to-come separate it fundamentally from Christianity and Islam?

✦

Why do Jews believe in God, and how can they after the Holocaust?

✦

What makes Classical Judaism the most important intellectual development in Western history?

✦

Why does Judaism teach that, in the course of the Jewish people’s coming-of-age, God moved out of history and into the human mind, abandoning all power but the capacity to talk to each person from inside and thereby to influence events only indirectly?

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Holiday promotions Online marketing Academic and library marketing

In discussing these and other questions, Gelernter seeks to lay out Jewish beliefs on four basic topics—the sanctity of everyday life; man and God; the meaning of sexuality and family; good, evil, and the nature of God’s justice in a cruel world—and to convey a profound and stirring sense of what it means to be Jewish. D AV I D G E L E R N T E R is professor of computer science at Yale University and contributing editor at the Weekly Standard. He is the author of several books, including Mirror Worlds, The Muse in the Machine, and the novel 1939. His writings on Judaism have appeared in Commentary and elsewhere. He lives in Woodbridge, CT.

November Religion/Jewish Studies 256 pp. 4 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-15192-3 $26.00

General Interest

95

IN THE NAME OF GOD AND COUNTRY Reconsidering Terrorism in American History

Michael Fellman A provocative examination of the historical origins and impact of terrorism in America

W

ith insight and originality, Michael Fellman argues that terrorism, in various forms, has been a constant and driving force in American history. In part, this is due to the nature of American republicanism and Protestant Christianity, which he believes contain a core of moral absolutism and self-righteousness that perpetrators of terrorism use to justify their actions. Fellman also argues that there is an intrinsic relationship between terrorist acts by non-state groups and responses on the part of the state; unlike many observers, he believes that both the action and the reaction constitute terrorism. Fellman’s compelling narrative focuses on five key episodes: John Brown’s raid on Harpers Ferry; terrorism during the American Civil War, especially race warfare and guerrilla warfare; the organized “White Line” paramilitary destruction of Reconstruction in Mississippi; the Haymarket Affair and its aftermath; and the PhilippineAmerican war of 1899–1902. In an epilogue, he applies this history to illuminate the Bush-Cheney administration’s use of terrorism in the so-called war on terror. In the Name of God and Country demonstrates the centrality of terrorism in shaping America even to this day.

M I C H A E L F E L L M A N is professor of history emeritus at Simon Fraser University in Vancouver, British Columbia. Among other books, he is author of Inside War: The Guerrilla Conflict in Missouri During the American Civil War, Citizen Sherman: A Life of William T. Sherman, and The Making of Robert E. Lee, and co-author of This Terrible War: The Civil War and Its Aftermath. 96

General Interest

“In the Name of God and Country is an exciting and worthy contribution to the literature on American violence, American political history, American radicalism, and American social conflict.”—Christopher Phelps, The Ohio State University

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

December History 320 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11510-9 $29.95

THE MAINE WOODS A Fully Annotated Edition

Henry D. Thoreau Edited by Jeffrey S. Cramer

The Maine Woods, Thoreau’s best-known book after Walden, is now available for the first time in a lavishly produced, fully annotated gift-book edition.

“O

n the 31st of August, 1846, I left Concord in Massachusetts for Bangor and the backwoods of Maine”—thus begins The Maine Woods, the evocative story of Thoreau’s journeys through a familiar yet untouched land. As he explores Mt. Katahdin (an Indian word meaning “highest land”), Lake Chesuncook, the Allagash River, and the East Branch of the Penobscot, Thoreau muses on his own vulnerability and the humility engendered by his solitude in the wilderness. Throughout Thoreau invokes the forest of Maine—the mountains, waterways, fauna, flora, and the people—in his singular style. Echoing Walden, Thoreau’s passionate outcry against the degradation of the environment in The Maine Woods will resonate strongly today.

✦

A Fully Annotated Edition 978-0-300-10466-0 $30.00

Walden paper 978-0-300-11008-1 $9.95

I to Myself An Annotated Selection from the Journal of Henry D. Thoreau 978-0-300-11172-9 $35.00

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

This fully annotated gift edition of The Maine Woods makes a wonderful companion volume to Walden: A Fully Annotated Edition and I to Myself: An Annotated Selection from the Journal of Henry D. Thoreau.

J E F F R E Y S . C R A M E R is curator of collections, the Thoreau Institute at Walden Woods. He lives in Lincoln, MA.

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Walden

♦ ♦

Major review attention Holiday promotions Online marketing Academic and library marketing

November Literature/Nature 384 pp. 11 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12283-1 $35.00

General Interest

97

HEIDEGGER The Introduction of Nazism into Philosophy

Emmanuel Faye Translated by Michael B. Smith Foreword by Tom Rockmore

In the most comprehensive examination to date of Heidegger’s Nazism, Emmanuel Faye draws on previously unavailable materials to paint a damning picture of Nazism’s influence on the philosopher’s thought and politics.

I

n this provocative book, Faye uses excerpts from unpublished seminars to show that Heidegger’s philosophical writings are fatally compromised by an adherence to National Socialist ideas. In other documents, Faye finds expressions of racism and exterminatory anti-Semitism.

Faye disputes the view of Heidegger as a naïve, temporarily disoriented academician and instead shows him to have been a self-appointed “spiritual guide” for Nazism whose intentionality was clear. Contrary to what some have written, Heidegger’s Nazism became even more radical after 1935, as Faye demonstrates. He revisits Heidegger’s masterwork, Being and Time, and concludes that in it Heidegger does not present a philosophy of individual existence but rather a doctrine of radical self-sacrifice, where individualization is allowed only for the purpose of heroism in warfare. Faye’s book was highly controversial when originally published in France in 2005. Now available in Michael B. Smith’s fluid English translation, it is bound to awaken controversy in the English-speaking world.

E M M A N U E L FAY E is associate professor at the University Paris Ouest–Nanterre La Défense and an authority on Descartes. He lives in Paris. M I C H A E L B . S M I T H is professor emeritus of French and philosophy at Berry College and the translator of numerous philosophical works into English. He lives in Riverdale, NY. 98

General Interest

“Faye has unquestionably succeeded in collecting and laying out for the reader the documents of Heidegger’s deep involvement with National Socialism.” —Robin Celikates, H-Net Reviews in the Humanities & Social Sciences

“All scholars and admirers of Martin Heidegger’s œuvre should read [this] book.”—Herman Philipse, Dialogue, Canadian Philosophical Review

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

November History/Philosophy 448 pp. 5 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12086-8 $40.00

SUPERPOWER ILLUSIONS How Myths and False Ideologies Led America Astray—And How to Return to Reality

Jack F. Matlock, Jr. A former U.S. ambassador to the Soviet Union demolishes central myths that have distorted America’s recent foreign policy—including the idea that the United States destroyed Communism and defeated the Soviet Union in the Cold War—and makes bold recommendations for the Obama administration.

J

ack F. Matlock refutes the enduring idea that the United States forced the collapse of the Soviet Union by applying military and economic pressure—with wide-ranging implications for U.S. foreign policy. Matlock argues that Gorbachev, not Reagan, undermined Communist Party rule in the Soviet Union and that the Cold War ended in a negotiated settlement that benefited both sides. He posits that the end of the Cold War diminished rather than enhanced American power; with the removal of the Soviet threat, allies were less willing to accept American protection and leadership that seemed increasingly to ignore their interests.

“A major contribution to our understanding of how American readings of the course of the Cold War . . . have influenced American foreign policy since 1993. Matlock shows in convincing detail why these readings are fundamentally wrong and, in a reasoned argumentative voice, dangerous for the national interests of the United States.”—Allen Lynch, University of Virginia

Marketing Highlights ♦

Matlock shows how, during the Clinton and particularly the Bush-Cheney administrations, the belief that the United States had defeated the Soviet Union led to a conviction that it did not need allies, international organizations, or diplomacy, but could dominate and change the world by using its military power unilaterally. The result is a weakened America that has compromised its ability to lead. Matlock makes a passionate plea for the United States under Obama to reenvision its foreign policy and gives examples of how the new administration can reorient the U.S. approach to critical issues.

J A C K F. M AT L O C K , J R . , served 35 years in the American Foreign Service, from 1956 to 1991, and was U.S. ambassador to the Soviet Union from March 1987 to August 1991. He has held academic posts since 1991 and is currently adjunct professor of international relations, Columbia University.

♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

January History 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13761-3 $30.00

General Interest

99

EDWARD II Seymour Phillips

The latest definitive biography in the acclaimed Yale English Monarchs series

E

dward II (1284–1327), King of England, Lord of Ireland, and Duke of Aquitaine, was the object of ignominy during his lifetime and calumny since it. Conventionally viewed as worthless, incapable of sustained policy, and significant only for his sporadic displays of ill-directed energy or a stubborn adherence to greedy and ambitious favorites, he has been presented as fit only to be deposed and replaced by someone more worthy of the throne. This definitive biography, the fruit of a lifetime’s study, does not present Edward II as a heroic or successful king: his deposition after a turbulent reign of nearly twenty years is proof enough that it went terribly wrong. But Seymour Phillips’ scrutiny of the multitude of available sources shows that a richer picture emerges, in line with the complexity of events and of the man himself. If Edward II was not a successful king, he was not fundamentally different in many ways from most English monarchs. The biography strikes a deft balance, taking full account of the problems the king faced in England, Scotland, and Ireland and in his relations with France. It also tackles the contentious issue of whether Edward II did not die in 1327, murdered under barbaric circumstances, but lived on as a captive in England and then a wanderer on the Continent. Eight hundred years on, a king’s life is properly examined.

S E Y M O U R P H I L L I P S is Emeritus Professor of Medieval History, University College, Dublin, and a Member of the Royal Irish Academy. He lives in Ireland. 100

General Interest

✦

The Yale English Monarchs Series

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

January Biography/History 650 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15657-7 $45.00

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

101

THE BRITTLE THREAD OF LIFE Backcountry People Make a Place for Themselves in Early America Mark Williams

T

he colonists who settled the backcountry in eighteenth-century New England were recruited from the social fringe, people who were desperate for land, autonomy, and respectability and who were willing to make a hard living in a rugged environment. Mark Williams’ microhistorical approach gives voice to the settlers, proprietors, and officials of the small colonial settlements that became Granby, Connecticut, and Ashfield, Massachusetts. These people—often disrespectful, disorderly, presumptuous, insistent, and defiant—were drawn to the ideology of the Revolution in the 1760s and 1770s that stressed equality, independence, and property rights. The backcountry settlers pushed the emerging nation’s political culture in a more radical direction than many of their leaders or the Founding Fathers preferred and helped put a democratic imprint on the new nation. This accessibly written book will resonate with all those interested in the social and political relationships of early America.

M A R K W I L L I A M S teaches history at the Loomis Chaffee School in Connecticut.

“A deeply researched, vivid and absorbing account of the truculently independent people of New England’s backcountry and their place in the history of the region and the nation.”—Keith Wrightson, Yale University

August History 288 pp. 15 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13922-8 $45.00sc

GENOCIDE BEFORE THE HOLOCAUST Cathie Carmichael

T

here is an appalling symmetry to the many instances of genocide that the late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century world witnessed. In the wake of the breakup of the Hapsburg, Ottoman, and Romanov empires, minority populations throughout those lands were persecuted, expelled, and eliminated. The reason for the deplorable decimations of communities—Jews in Imperial Russia and Ukraine; Ottoman Assyrians, Armenians, and Muslims from the Caucasus and Balkans—was, Cathie Carmichael contends, located in the very roots of the new nation-states arising from the imperial rubble. The question of who should be included in the nation—and which groups were now to be deemed “suspect” or “alien”—was one that preoccupied and divided Europe long before the Holocaust. Examining all the major eliminations of communities in Europe up until 1941, Carmichael shows how hotbeds of nationalism, racism, and developmentalism resulted in devastating manifestations of genocidal ideology. Dramatic, perceptive, and poignant, this is the story of disappearing civilizations—precursors to one of humanity’s worst atrocities, and part of the legacy of genocide in the modern world. C AT H I E C A R M I C H A E L is Senior Lecturer in Modern European History at the University of East Anglia. Her previous books include Ethnic Cleansing in the Balkans, Language and Nationalism in Europe, and Slovenia and the Slovenes.

102

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

“Carmichael’s fascinating and original work breaks new ground in charting the genesis of exclusionary thinking and violence. The interdisciplinary approach is unmatched: any reader will gain new insights about how generations came to develop, understand and also resist mass killing.” —Ben Lieberman, Fitchburg State University, author of Terrible Fate: Ethnic Cleansing and the Making of Modern Europe

September History 254 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12117-9 $45.00sc

OCEANS OF WINE Madeira and the Organization of the Atlantic World, 1640–1815 David Hancock

T

his innovative book examines how, between 1640 and 1815, the Portuguese Madeira wine trade shaped the Atlantic world and American society. David Hancock painstakingly reconstructs the lives of producers, distributors, and consumers, as well as the economic and social structures created by globalizing commerce, to reveal an intricate interplay between individuals and market forces. Using voluminous archives pertaining to wine, many of them previously unexamined, Hancock offers a dramatic new perspective on the economic and social development of the Atlantic world. He demonstrates convincingly just how decentralized the early modern commercial system was, as well as how self-organized, a system that emerged from the actions of market participants working across imperial lines. The networks they formed began as commercial structures and expanded into social and political systems that were conduits not only for wine but also for ideas about reform, revolution, and independence.

D AV I D H A N C O C K is an associate professor of history, University of Michigan. He is the author of Citizens of the World, The Letters of William Freeman, 1678–1685, and History of World Trade since 1450.

“This is history on a grand scale, built from intensive knowledge of primary materials and enhanced with insights from sociology, business, economics and history.”—Peter C. Mancall, University of Southern California

✦

The Lewis Walpole Series in Eighteenth-Century Studies

September History/Economics 648 pp. 57 b/w illus. & 16 color plates 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13605-0 $50.00sc

FURS AND FRONTIERS IN THE FAR NORTH The Contest among Native and Foreign Nations for Control of the Intercontinental Bering Strait Fur Trade John R. Bockstoce

T

his comprehensive history of the native and maritime fur trade in Alaska during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries is without precedent. The Bering Strait formed the nexus of the circumpolar fur trade in which Russians, British, Americans, and members of fifty native nations competed and cooperated. The desire to dominate the fur trade fed the European expansion into the most remote regions of Asia and America and was an agent of massive change in these regions. Award-winning author John R. Bockstoce fills a major gap in the historiography of the area in covering the scientific, commercial, and foreignrelations implications of the northern fur trade. In addition, the book provides rare insight into the relationship between the Western powers and the Native Americans who provided them with fur, ivory, and whalebone in exchange for manufactured goods, tobacco, tea, alcohol, and hundreds of other things. But this is also the story of the enterprising individuals who energized the Alaskan fur trade and, in doing so, forever altered the region’s history. Arctic specialist J O H N R . B O C K S T O C E is an independent scholar and the author of many books, monographs, and articles, including Arctic Discoveries: Images from Voyages of Four Decades in the North and Whales, Ice, and Men: The History of Whaling in the Western Arctic.

“Furs and Frontiers in the Far North is a comprehensive history of the international trade in furs that was centered on the Bering Strait region during the 18th and 19th centuries. In scale, the account moves smoothly up and down from specific interactions between particular individuals at one extreme to the broad sweep of international affairs at the other.” —Ernest Burch, Arctic Studies Center, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution

✦ The Lamar Series in Western History

September History/Economics 496 pp. 42 b/w illus. & 10 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14921-0 $35.00sc

103

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

WALTER BENJAMIN AND BERTOLT BRECHT The Story of a Friendship Erdmut Wizisla Translated by Christine Shuttleworth

E

rdmut Wizisla’s groundbreaking work explores for the first time the important friendship between Walter Benjamin, the acclaimed critic and literary theorist, and Bertolt Brecht, one of the twentieth century’s most influential theater artists, during the crucial interwar years in Berlin. The story of this friendship is illuminated by the use of personal correspondence, journal entries, and notes from electric discussions of shared projects—including previously unpublished materials. Wizisla shows us the fascinating ideological exchanges between the two, with Benjamin espousing his ideas on historical materialism, German idealism, and Jewish mysticism as a foil for Brecht’s Marxist concept of art. Benjamin and Brecht’s differences foreshadow the clash between Communism and Socialism in Weimar Germany that preceded the rise of Nazi Fascism, and their friendship throws light on nearly two decades of European intellectual life.

E R D M U T W I Z I S L A is the director of the Bertolt Brecht Archives in Berlin, which houses 20,000 of Brecht’s manuscripts, his personal library, and program booklets of Brecht’s productions as well as production media.

“Scrupulous, scholarly, and written with loving commitment.” —Momme Brodersen, author of Walter Benjamin, A Biography

September Biography/Literary Studies 288 pp. 25 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13695-1 $45.00sc Not for sale in UK and Europe

WHO WAS JACQUES DERRIDA? An Intellectual Biography David Mikics

W

ho Was Jacques Derrida? is the first intellectual biography of Derrida, the first full-scale appraisal of his career, his influence, and his philosophical roots. It is also the first attempt to define his crucial importance as the ambassador of “theory,” the phenomenon that has had a profound influence on academic life in the humanities. Mikics lucidly and sensitively describes for the general reader Derrida’s deep connection to his Jewish roots as he succinctly defines his vision of philosophy—as a discipline that resists psychology. While pointing out the flaws of that vision and Derrida’s betrayal of his most adamantly expounded beliefs, Mikics ultimately concludes that “Derrida was neither so brilliantly right nor so badly wrong as his enthusiasts and critics, respectively, claimed.”

D AV I D M I K I C S is Professor of English at the University of Houston. He published his last book, A New Handbook of Literary Terms, with Yale University Press. 104

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

“David Mikics is the real thing, a gifted, polymathic reader. Writing not as a polemicist but as a humane, interpretive critic, he cuts right through the raging conflicts and often pointless debates about Derrida’s work.”—Morris Dickstein, CUNY Graduate Center

December Literary Studies/Biography 288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-11542-0 $30.00sc

FUTURISM An Anthology Edited by Lawrence Rainey, Christine Poggi, and Laura Wittman

I

n 1909, F. T. Marinetti published his incendiary Futurist Manifesto, proclaiming, “We stand on the last promontory of the centuries!!” and “There, on the earth, the earliest dawn!” Intent on delivering Italy from “its fetid cancer of professors, archaeologists, tour guides, and antiquarians,” the Futurists imagined that art, architecture, literature, and music would function like a machine, transforming the world rather than merely reflecting it. But within a decade, Futurism’s utopian ambitions were being wedded to Fascist politics, an alliance that would tragically mar its reputation in the century to follow. Published to coincide with the 100th anniversary of the founding of Futurism, this is the most complete anthology of Futurist manifestos, poems, plays, and images ever to be published in English, spanning from 1909 to 1944. Now, amidst another era of unprecedented technological change and cultural crisis, is a pivotal moment to reevaluate Futurism and its haunting legacy for Western civilization.

L AW R E N C E R A I N E Y is professor of English, University of York. C H R I S T I N E P O G G I is professor of the History of Art, University of Pennsylvania. L A U R A W I T T M A N is assistant professor of Italian and French Literature, Stanford University.

“The definitive anthology of Futurist writings and artworks available in English, indeed in any language. Framed by Lawrence Rainey’s excellent introduction and its comprehensive bio-bibliographical notes, il Futurismo emerges here as what it surely was: the founding avantgarde movement of the twentieth century.”—Marjorie Perloff

September Literary Studies/Art 640 pp. 124 b/w illus. 7 x 10 978-0-300-08875-5 $60.00sc

TRIPLEX Secrets from the Cambridge Spies Edited by Nigel West and Oleg Tsarev

T

RIPLEX reveals more clearly than ever before the precise nature and extent of the damage done to the much-vaunted British intelligence establishment during World War II by the notorious “Cambridge Five” spy ring—Kim Philby, Donald Maclean, Guy Burgess, Anthony Blunt, and John Cairncross. The code word TRIPLEX refers to an exceptionally sensitive intelligence source, one of the most closely guarded secrets of the war, which appears nowhere in any of the British government’s official histories. TRIPLEX was material extracted illicitly from the diplomatic pouches of neutral missions in wartime London. MI5, the British Security Service, entrusted the job of overseeing the highly secret assignment to Anthony Blunt, who was already working for the NKVD, Stalin’s intelligence service. The rest is history, documented here for the first time in rich detail.

N I G E L W E S T is a renowned British historian of military intelligence and has written more than 25 related books. O L E G T S A R E V is a retired KGB officer who has co-written a number of books on wartime espionage and intelligence.

“[The first] complete report [on the Cambridge Five that] gives the reader the opportunity to judge for himself the extent of the damage done to the British service concerned . . . [will be] greeted with enthusiasm by specialists in intelligence history.” —David Murphy, former CIA Berlin chief, former chief of Soviet operations at CIA headquarters in the United States, and author of What Stalin Knew

September History 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12347-0 $45.00sc

105

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

NAHUM A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary Duane L. Christensen

T

his volume represents a significant breakthrough in the study of Hebrew prosody with important implications for understanding the formation of the canon of the Hebrew Bible. Duane Christensen, a renowned biblical scholar, offers a detailed analysis of the Hebrew text of Nahum and demonstrates the intricate literary structure and high poetic quality of the work. A book about God’s justice, Nahum portrays God as strong, unyielding, and capable of great anger. This view of God’s nature stands in contrast to that found in Jonah, another book in the section of the Hebrew Bible known as the Book of the Twelve Prophets, which presents God as “compassionate, gracious . . . [and] abounding in steadfast love.” Christensen shows how Nahum and Jonah present complementary aspects of God’s nature, each essential for an understanding of the divine being. The commentary includes the most extensive bibliography published to date of works cited.

D U A N E L . C H R I S T E N S E N is professor of Old Testament languages and literature (retired), Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley. He is president of BIBAL Corporation and lives in Rodeo, CA.

✦

The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries The Old Testament

September Religion 464 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14479-6 $65.00sc

LEARNING TO TEACH THROUGH DISCUSSION The Art of Turning the Soul Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon

T

his sequel to Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon’s acclaimed Turning the Soul: Teaching Through Conversation in the High School presents a case study of two people learning to teach. It shows them engaging two groups of fourth grade students in discussion about the meaning of texts—what the author calls “interpretive discussions.” The two groups differ with respect to race, geographical location, and affluence. As the novice teachers learn to clarify their own questions about meaning, they become better listeners and leaders of the discussions. Eventually, they mix the students from the two classrooms, and the reader watches them converse about a text as the barriers of race and class seem to break down. In addition to the detailed analysis of the case study, Learning to Teach Through Discussion presents philosophical, literary, and psychological foundations of interpretive discussion and describes its three phases: preparation, leading, and reflection. A tightly argued work, the book will help readers learn to engage students of all ages in text interpretation. S O P H I E H A R O U T U N I A N - G O R D O N is director, Master of Science in Education program, and professor, School of Education and Social Policy, at Northwestern University. She lives in Chicago, IL.

106

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

“Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon continues to fine-tune the already stunning work she has done on the role of teaching through questioning. In this regard her movement into issues of ‘difference’ and the creation of communities of learning is very promising.” —Alven Neiman, Department of Philosophy, Notre Dame

October Education 240 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12000-4 $40.00sc

AT HOME IN THE LAW How the Domestic Violence Revolution is Transforming Privacy Jeannie Suk

I

n the past forty years, the idea of home, which is central to how the law conceives of crime, punishment, and privacy, has changed radically. Legal scholar Jeannie Suk shows how the legitimate goal of legal feminists to protect women from domestic abuse has led to a new and unexpected set of legal practices. Suk examines case studies of major legal developments in contemporary American law pertaining to domestic violence, self-defense, privacy, sexual autonomy, and property in order to illuminate the changing relation between home and the law. She argues that the growing legal vision that has led to the breakdown of traditional boundaries between public and private space is resulting in a substantial reduction of autonomy and privacy for both women and men.

J E A N N I E S U K is assistant professor of law at Harvard Law School.

October Law 224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11398-3 $40.00sc

UNACCOMPANIED BACH Performing the Solo Works David Ledbetter

T

his pioneering book by an acclaimed expert is the first to discuss all of Bach’s unaccompanied pieces in one volume, including an examination of crucial issues of style and composition type and the options open to interpretation and performance. David Ledbetter, a leading expert on Bach, provides the historical background to Bach’s instrumental works, as well as detailed commentaries on each work. Ledbetter argues that Bach’s unaccompanied works—the six suites for solo cello, six sonatas and partitas for solo violin, seven works for lute, and the suite for solo flute—should be considered together to enable one piece to elucidate another. This illuminating and significant book is essential for professionals, performers, students, or anybody who wishes to learn more about Bach’s music. D AV I D L E D B E T T E R is Associate Research Fellow at the Royal Northern College of Music, Manchester. He is the author of Bach’s Well-Tempered Clavier: The 48 Preludes and Fugues.

November Music 288 pp. 6 x 9 978-0-300-14151-1 $45.00sc

BOYLE Between God and Science Michael Hunter

R

obert Boyle ranks with Newton and Einstein as one of the world’s most important scientists. A remarkable thinker, he pioneered the modern experimental method, championed a novel mechanical view of nature, and reflected deeply on philosophical and theological issues related to science. But he was also a complex and contradictory personality, fascinated by alchemy and magic and privately plagued with doubts about faith and conscience. This extraordinary work is the first biography of Boyle in a generation, and the culminating achievement of a worldrenowned expert on the scientist. Hunter’s complete and intimate account gives us the man rather than myth, the troubled introvert as well as the public campaigner. Lively, perceptive, and full of original insights, this is the definitive account of a remarkable man and the changing world in which he lived. October

A renowned world expert on Robert Boyle, M I C H A E L H U N T E R is professor of history, Birkbeck College, University of London.

Biography/History of Science 400 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12381-4 $55.00sc

107

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

JOSEPH IN EGYPT A Cultural Icon from Grotius to Goethe Bernhard Lang

T

he biblical story of Joseph ranks in the history of world literature alongside The Odyssey and other ancient legends as a seminal canonical text and has provided rich material for later writers to imitate and elaborate. This book examines the many and varied ways that the story of Joseph has been interpreted in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Europe. During that time, Joseph was heralded as an icon by many different writers and thinkers, among them Henry Fielding, Voltaire, Chateaubriand, and Goethe. Educators commended Joseph as a model of piety, moralists extolled him in defense of chastity, and political philosophers regarded him as an exemplary leader; historians debated variously whether he was a benefactor, tyrant, or merely a character in a well-told ancient oriental tale. Lang examines a range of texts—novels, stage plays, poems, children’s books, and critical treatises—to illuminate the debt each owes to earlier versions of the Joseph story. In doing so, he presents a masterful, sensitive, and highly readable account of the early modern world.

B E R N H A R D L A N G is professor of religion at the University of Paderborn, Germany. He is the author of Sacred Games and The Hebrew God, and coauthor of Heaven. He lives in Paderborn.

November

Religion/Literary Studies 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15156-5 $45.00sc

THE ENLIGHTENED ECONOMY An Economic History of Britain 1700–1850 Joel Mokyr

T

his book focuses on the importance of ideological and institutional factors in the rapid development of the British economy during the years between the Glorious Revolution and the Crystal Palace Exhibition. Joel Mokyr shows that we cannot understand the Industrial Revolution without recognizing the importance of the intellectual sea changes of Britain’s Age of Enlightenment. In a vigorous discussion, Mokyr goes beyond the standard explanations that credit geographical factors, the role of markets, politics, and society to show that the beginnings of modern economic growth in Britain depended a great deal on what key players knew and believed, and how those beliefs affected their economic behavior. He argues that Britain led the rest of Europe into the Industrial Revolution because it was there that the optimal intersection of ideas, culture, institutions, and technology existed to make rapid economic growth achievable. His wide-ranging evidence covers sectors of the British economy often neglected, such as the service industries.

J O E L M O K Y R is Robert H. Strotz Professor of Arts and Sciences and professor of Economics and History, Northwestern University, and Sackler Professor at the Eitan Berglas School of Economics, Tel Aviv University. 108

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

✦

The New Economic History of Britain Series

October History/Economics 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12455-2 $45.00sc

THE GENTEEL TRADITION IN AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY AND CHARACTER AND OPINION IN THE UNITED STATES George Santayana Edited and with an Introduction by James Seaton With Essays by Wilfred M. McClay, John Lachs, James Seaton, and Roger Kimball

T

his book brings together two seminal works by George Santayana, one of the most significant philosophers of the twentieth century: Character and Opinion in the United States, which stands with Tocqueville’s Democracy in America as one the most insightful works of American cultural criticism ever written, and “The Genteel Tradition in American Philosophy,” a landmark text of both philosophical analysis and cultural criticism. J A M E S S E AT O N is Professor of English at Michigan State University.

“Santayana’s comments on American culture include invaluable observations about the pressure to conform in democracies, the vitality and youthful outlook of American society, the importance of humor and the love of quantity in America . . . . A welcome and substantial contribution.” —John Paul Russo, Departments of English and Classics, University of Miami

✦

Rethinking the Western Tradition

October

Philosophy Studies/Literary Studies 256 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-11665-6 $16.00sc

GRENADINE Neil Wechsler Foreword by Edward Albee

N

eil Wechsler’s Grenadine has been chosen as the second winner of the Yale Drama Series. The play was selected by Pulitzer Prize– winning playwright and contest judge Edward Albee. Grenadine is the fantastical story of a man’s quest for love in the company of three devoted friends. Albee writes, “I found it highly original. . . . The questions the play asks and the answers it proposes are provocative; the play stretched my mind.” N E I L W E C H S L E R graduated from Yale University in 1996 with distinction in Philosophy and Psychology. He has been writing novels, novellas, and plays ever since. He lives in Buffalo, NY. ✦

Yale Drama Series

October Drama 96 pp. 5 1/2 x 9 paper orig. 978-0-300-14992-0 $17.00sc

NATURAL REFLECTIONS Human Cognition at the Nexus of Science and Religion Barbara Herrnstein Smith

I

n this important and original book, eminent scholar Barbara Herrnstein Smith describes, assesses, and reflects upon a set of contemporary intellectual projects involving science, religion, and human cognition. One of these initiatives, which Smith calls “the New Naturalism,” is the effort to explain religion on the basis of cognitive science and evolutionary biology. Another, which she refers to as “the New Natural Theology,” is the recent attempt by a number of scientifically knowledgeable theologians to reconcile the accounts of the world given in the natural sciences and traditional religious belief.

✦ The Terry Lectures Series

B A R B A R A H E R R N S T E I N S M I T H is Braxton Craven Professor of Comparative Literature and Director of the Center for Interdisciplinary Studies in Science and Cultural Theory at Duke University and Distinguished Professor of English at Brown University. She is the author of Belief and Resistance and Scandalous Knowledge. January

Science/Religion/Psychology 192 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-14034-7 $28.00sc

109

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

BEHIND CLOSED DOORS At Home in Georgian England Amanda Vickery

I

n this brilliant new work, Amanda Vickery unlocks the homes of Georgian England to examine the lives of the people who lived there. Writing with her customary wit and verve, she introduces us to men and women from all walks of life: gentlewoman Anne Dormer in her stately Oxfordshire mansion, bachelor clerk and future novelist Anthony Trollope in his dreary London lodgings, genteel spinsters keeping up appearances in two rooms with yellow wallpaper, servants with only a locking box to call their own. Vickery makes ingenious use of upholsterer’s ledgers, burglary trials, and other unusual sources to reveal the roles of house and home in economic survival, social success, and political representation during the long eighteenth century. Through the spread of formal visiting, the proliferation of affordable ornamental furnishings, the commercial celebration of feminine artistry at home, and the currency of the language of taste, even modest homes turned into arenas of social campaign and exhibition.

A M A N D A V I C K E R Y is reader in history, Royal Holloway University of London, and the author of The Gentleman’s Daughter: Women’s Lives in Georgian England, which won the Whitfield, Wolfson, and LongmanHistory Today prizes. She is also the co-editor, with John Styles, of Gender, Taste and Material Culture in Britain and North America, 1700–1830.

November History/Architecture 368 pp. 80 b/w + 25 color illus. 6 1/4 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15453-5 $45.00sc

THE PERSIANS Ancient, Mediaeval and Modern Iran Homa Katouzian

I

n recent years, Iran has gained attention mostly for negative reasons— its authoritarian religious government, disputed nuclear program, and controversial role in the Middle East—but there is much more to the story of this ancient land than can be gleaned from the news. This authoritative and comprehensive history of Iran, written by Homa Katouzian, an acclaimed expert, covers the entire history of the area from the ancient Persian Empire to today’s Iranian state. Writing from an Iranian rather than a European perspective, Katouzian integrates the significant cultural and literary history of Iran with its political and social history. Some of the greatest poets of human history wrote in Persian—among them Rumi, Omar Khayyam, and Saadi—and Katouzian discusses and occasionally quotes their work. In his thoughtful analysis of Iranian society, Katouzian argues that the absolute and arbitrary power traditionally enjoyed by Persian/Iranian rulers has resulted in an unstable society where fear and short-term thinking dominate. A magisterial history, this book also serves as an excellent background to the role of Iran in the contemporary world. H O M A K AT O U Z I A N teaches Iranian history and Persian literature at St. Antony’s College and the Oriental Institute, University of Oxford. Iranian by birth, he is the editor of the journal Iranian Studies.

110

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

November History/Mideast Studies 448 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12118-6 $50.00sc

THE DEATH OF THE SHTETL Yehuda Bauer

I

n this book, Yehuda Bauer, an internationally acclaimed Holocaust historian, describes the destruction of small Jewish townships, the shtetls, in what was the eastern part of Poland by the Nazis in 1941– 1942. Bauer brings together all available documents, testimonies, and scholarship, including previously unpublished material from the Yad Vashem archives, pertaining to nine representative shtetls. In line with his belief that “history is the story of real people in real situations,” Bauer tells moving stories about what happened to individual Jews and their communities. Over a million people, approximately a quarter of all victims of the Holocaust, came from the shtetls. Bauer writes of the relations between Jews and non-Jews (including the actions of rescuers); he also describes attempts to create underground resistance groups, efforts to escape to the forests, and Jewish participation in the Soviet partisan movement. Bauer’s book is a definitive examination of the demise of the shtetls, a topic of vast importance to the history of the Holocaust.

Y E H U D A B A U E R is academic adviser at Yad Vashem, Jerusalem, and professor emeritus of Holocaust studies, Hebrew University. He is the author of many books, including Rethinking the Holocaust, published by Yale University Press. He lives in Jerusalem.

December

History/Jewish Studies 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15209-8 $35.00sc

CZECHOSLOVAKIA The State That Failed Mary Heimann

T

his book, the most thoroughly researched and accurate history of Czechoslovakia to appear in English, tells the story of the country from its founding in 1918 to partition in 1992—from fledgling democracy through Nazi occupation, Communist rule, and invasion by the Soviet Union to, at last, democracy again.

The common Western view of Czechoslovakia has been that of a small nation that was sacrificed at Munich in 1938, betrayed to the Soviets in 1948, and which rebelled heroically against the repression of the Soviet Union during the Prague Spring of 1968. Mary Heimann dispels these myths and shows how intolerant nationalism and an unhelpful sense of victimhood led Czech and Slovak authorities to discriminate against minorities, compete with the Nazis to persecute Jews and Gypsies, and pave the way for the Communist police state. She also reveals Alexander Dubcek, held to be a national hero and standard-bearer for democracy, as an unprincipled apparatchik. Well written, revisionist, and accessible, this groundbreaking book should become the standard history of Czechoslovakia for years to come.

M A R Y H E I M A N N is senior lecturer in the history department at the University of Strathclyde, Scotland.

December History 400 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-14147-4 $45.00sc

111

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

THE BOURGEOIS FRONTIER French Towns, French Traders, and American Expansion Jay Gitlin

H

istories tend to emphasize conquest by Anglo-Americans as the driving force behind the development of the American West. In this fresh interpretation, Jay Gitlin argues that the activities of the French were crucial to the phenomenon of westward expansion. The Seven Years War brought an end to the French colonial enterprise in North America, but the French in towns such as New Orleans, St. Louis, and Detroit survived the transition to American rule. French traders from Mid-America, including the Chouteaus and Robidouxs of St. Louis, then became agents of change in the West, perfecting a strategy of “middle grounding” by pursuing alliances within Indian and Mexican communities in advance of American settlement and re-investing fur trade profits in land, town sites, banks, and transportation. The Bourgeois Frontier provides the missing French connection between the urban Midwest and Western expansion.

J AY G I T L I N is lecturer, Department of History, Yale University, and associate director of the Howard R. Lamar Center for the Study of Frontiers and Borders. He lives in New Haven.

“This is one of those rare books that makes immensely important and original arguments of its own while also synthesizing a massive and far-reaching scholarly literature. I cannot overemphasize the importance of such a study.” —Peter Kastor, Washington University in St. Louis ✦ The Lamar Series in Western History

December History 320 pp. 29 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-10118-8 $40.00sc

CZESLAW MILOSZ AND JOSEPH BRODSKY Fellowship of Poets Irena Grudzinska Gross

T

his intimate portrayal of the friendship between two icons of twentieth-century poetry, Czeslaw Milosz and Joseph Brodsky, highlights the parallel lives of the poets as exiles living in America and Nobel Prize laureates in literature. To create this truly original work, Irena Grudzinska Gross draws from poems, essays, letters, interviews, speeches, lectures, and her own personal memories as a confidant of both Milosz and Brodsky. The dual portrait of these poets and the elucidation of their attitudes toward religion, history, memory, and language throw a new light on the upheavals of the twentieth century. Gross also incorporates notes on both poets’ relationships to other key literary figures, such as W. H. Auden, Susan Sontag, Seamus Heaney, Mark Strand, Robert Haas, and Derek Walcott.

I R E N A G R U D Z I N S K A G R O S S teaches in the Slavic Languages and Literatures Department at Princeton University. She lives in Brooklyn. 112

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

“A compellingly interesting book.” —Rosanna Warren, Boston University

December

Biography/Poetry Studies 288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-14937-1 $40.00sc

THE CARTOONS THAT SHOOK THE WORLD Jytte Klausen

O

n September 30, 2005, the Danish newspaper Jyllands-Posten published twelve cartoons of the Prophet Muhammad. Five months later, thousands of Muslims inundated the newspaper with outpourings of anger and grief; from Asia to Europe Muslims took to the streets in protest. This book is the first comprehensive investigation of the conflict that aroused impassioned debates around the world on freedom of expression, blasphemy, and the nature of modern Islam. Klausen interviewed politicians in the Middle East, Muslim leaders in Europe, the Danish editors and cartoonists, and the Danish imam who started the controversy. Deconstructing the arguments and motives that drove the escalation of the increasingly globalized conflict, she concludes that the Muslim reaction to the cartoons was not a spontaneous emotional reaction arising out of the clash of Western and Islamic civilizations. Rather it was orchestrated, first by those with vested interests in elections in Denmark and Egypt, and later by Islamic extremists seeking to destabilize governments in Pakistan, Lebanon, Libya, and Nigeria. Klausen shows how the cartoon crisis was, therefore, ultimately a political conflict rather than a colossal cultural misunderstanding. J Y T T E K L A U S E N is professor of comparative politics at Brandeis University. The author of The Islamic Challenge and War and Welfare, she lives in Waltham, MA.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

National review attention Online marketing Academic and library marketing

November History/Religion 256 pp. 8 b/w + 4 color illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12472-9 $35.00sc

CHILDREN OF THE GULAG Cathy A. Frierson and Semyon S. Vilensky

T

his groundbreaking book offers a comprehensive documentary history of children whose parents were identified as enemies of the Soviet regime from its inception through Joseph Stalin’s death. When parents were arrested, executed, or sent to the Gulag, their children also suffered. Millions of children, labeled “socially dangerous,” lost parents, homes, and siblings. Co-edited by Cathy A. Frierson, a senior American scholar, and Semyon S. Vilensky, Gulag survivor and compiler of the Russian documents, the book offers documentary and personal perspectives. The editors present top-secret documents in translation from the Russian state archives, memoirs, and interviews with child survivors. The editors’ narrative reveals how such prolonged child victimization could occur, who knew about it, and who tried to intervene on the children’s behalf. The editors show how the emotions from childhood trauma persist into the twenty-first century, passing from victims to their children and grandchildren. Interviews with child survivors also display their resilient ability to fashion productive lives despite family destruction and stigma. C AT H Y A . F R I E R S O N has held the Class of 1941 and Arthur K. Whitcomb Research Professorships at the University of New Hampshire. S E M Y O N S . V I L E N S K Y was a Gulag prisoner and journalist who serves as chair of the Moscow literary-historical society “The Return” and on the Russian Federation’s Presidential Commission for the Rehabilitation of Victims of Political Repression.

✦

Annals of Communism Series

February History/Soviet History 448 pp. 29 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12293-0 $55.00sc

113

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

THE ANTI-ENLIGHTENMENT TRADITION Zeev Sternhell Translated by David Maisel

I

n this masterful work of historical scholarship, Zeev Sternhell, an internationally renowned Israeli political scientist and historian, presents a controversial new view of the origins of fascism, locating them in the eighteenth century with the advent of the Anti-Enlightenment, a far earlier date than most historians. The thinkers belonging to the Anti-Enlightenment (a tradition originally identified by Friedrich Nietzsche) represent a perspective that is anti-rational and anti-intellectual and rejects the principles of natural law. Sternhell asserts that the Anti-Enlightenment is a development separate from the Enlightenment and sees the two traditions as evolving parallel to one another over time. He contends that J.G. Herder, Edmund Burke, and Joseph de Maistre can be connected to the origins of the Anti-Enlightenment and shows how that tradition undermines the very foundations of liberalism, contributing to the development of fascism that culminated in the European catastrophes of the twentieth century.

Z E E V S T E R N H E L L ,who won the 2008 Israel Prize in political science, is Leon Blum Professor of Political Science, Hebrew University.

December Political Science 512 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13554-1 $45.00sc

MONTESQUIEU AND THE LOGIC OF LIBERTY War, Religion, Commerce, Climate, Terrain, Technology, Uneasiness of Mind, the Spirit of Political Vigilance, and the Foundations of the Modern Republic Paul A. Rahe

T

his fresh examination of the works of Montesquieu seeks to understand the shortcomings of the modern democratic state in light of this great political thinker’s insightful critique of commercial republicanism.

The western democracies’ muted response to victory in the Cold War signaled the presence of a pervasive discontent, a sense that despite this victory liberal democracy itself was deeply flawed. Paul A. Rahe argues that to understand this phenomenon we must re-examine—starting with Montesquieu—the nature of liberal democracy, its character, and its propensities. In a brilliant exposition of the works of Montesquieu, Rahe identifies the profound sense of uneasiness fostered by the modern republic as a source of weakness and as the principal cause of the present discontents.

PA U L A . R A H E holds the Charles O. Lee and Louise K. Lee Chair in the Western Heritage at Hillsdale College. He lives in Hillsdale, MI.

September History 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14125-2 $45.00sc

REVIVING SELF-GOVERNANCE IN THE WORKPLACE Employee Rights and Representation in an Era of Self-Regulation Cynthia Estlund

T

his original book seeks to shape current trends toward employer self-regulation into a new paradigm of workplace governance in which workers participate. The decline of collective bargaining and the parallel rise of employment law have left workers with an abundance of legal rights but no representation at work. Without representation, even workers’ legal rights are often under-enforced. At the same time, however, many legal and social forces have pushed firms to self-regulate—to take on the task of realizing public norms through internal compliance structures. Cynthia Estlund argues that the trend toward self-regulation is here to stay, and that worker-friendly reformers should seek not to stop that trend but to steer it by securing for workers an effective voice within self-regulatory processes. If the law can be retooled to encourage forms of self-regulation in which workers participate, it can help both to promote public values and to revive workplace self-governance.

C Y N T H I A E S T L U N D is the Catherine A. Rein Professor of Law at the New York University School of Law. 114

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

February Law 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12450-7 $50.00sc

General Interest— Paperback Reprints

115

General Interest Paperback Reprints

LOST WORLDS Adventures in the Tropical Rainforest Bruce M. Beehler “[Beehler’s] memoir vividly describes the forests and wildlife that are his passion while offering an unromantic view of how ‘environmental carpetbaggers’ like himself work—warts and all—to advance international conservation in tropical forests from Madagascar to the Philippines to India.” —Margaret Pizer, Conservation

SUSTAINABILITY BY DESIGN A Subversive Strategy for Transforming Our Consumer Culture John R. Ehrenfeld “Ehrenfeld deftly weaves physics and philosophy, storytelling and system dynamics to show what it will take for us to be healing to the planet and to ourselves. This is an extraordinarily valuable contribution.”—Joel Makower, executive editor, GreenBiz.com, and author of Strategies for the Green Economy

August Nature/Science 272 pp. 40 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15833-5 $17.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12228-2 $28.00

August Economics/Environmental Studies 272 pp. 11 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15843-4 $17.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-13749-1 $28.00

STALL POINTS

A PORTRAIT OF THE BRAIN

Most Companies Stop Growing—Yours Doesn’t Have To

Adam Zeman

Matthew S. Olson and Derek van Bever Selected by the Toronto Globe & Mail as one of the Top 10 Business Books of 2008

Bizarre, perplexing, and moving cases of brain disorder, told by a neurologist with an extraordinary gift for storytelling.

“This book’s message is a timely reminder to all managers of this potential for renewal.”—Strategy & Business

“A fascinating tale about what we do know about the brain, and what happens when it goes wrong.”—Clive Cookson, Financial Times

August Business 256 pp. 51 charts and graphs 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15851-9 $19.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13687-6 $27.50

September Psychology/Science 256 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15831-1 $18.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11416-4 $27.50

116

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

KING’S DREAM The Legacy of Martin Luther King’s “I Have a Dream” Speech

Eric J. Sundquist Now available in paperback, “one of the best short books we have on the ideas of racial equality” (George Bornstein, Times Literary Supplement)

I

n this assessment of Martin Luther King, Jr.’s famous 1963 speech, Eric J. Sundquist explores its origins, its place in the long history of American debates about equality and race, and why it is now hailed as the most powerful American address of the twentieth century.

“The speech and all that surrounds it—background and consequences—are brought magnificently to life. . . . Sundquist has written about race and ethnicity in American culture. In this book he gives us drama and emotion, a powerful sense of history combined with illuminating scholarship.”—Anthony Lewis, New York Times Book

♦ Icons of America Icons of America is a series of short works written by leading scholars, critics, and writers, each of whom tells a new and innovative story about American history and culture through the lens of a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon.

More than 7,000 copies sold in hardcover

Review (Editor’s Choice)

Marketing Highlights “Each chapter of Sundquist’s intelligent and important book focuses on one of several themes in the speech, unpacking the sources of the words and placing them within a broader civil rights context. His last chapter, ‘Not by the Color of Their Skin,’ is one of the most incisive analyses of the affirmative action debate I have ever read.”

♦

♦

Contains the full text of King’s “I Have a Dream” speech Publication timed for the August 28th anniversary of the speech

—Clay Risen, Washington Post Book World

E R I C J . S U N D Q U I S T is UCLA Foundation Professor of Literature, UCLA. He is author or editor of eight books on American literature and culture, including the award-winning volumes To Wake the Nations and Strangers in the Land.

August History 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15859-5 $14.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11807-0 $26.00

117

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

THE KINGDOM OF INFINITE SPACE

THE BAGEL

An Encounter with Your Head

Maria Balinska

Raymond Tallis

“[A] scrumptious little book. . . . The cover alone would whet any New Yorker’s weekend appetite.” —Sam Roberts, New York Times

“British medical doctor Tallis considers the looks and actions of the human head—without discussing the brain. . . . Creative and proudly humanistic, Tallis’ tour might induce readers to scrutinize their reflections as minutely as Tallis does his own.”—Booklist

The Surprising History of a Modest Bread

“Balinska gives readers plenty to chew on. . . . Thoroughly entertaining.”—Dara Horn, Wall Street Journal

For sale in North America only

September History/Cultural History/Food Culture/ Food Studies 240 pp. 30 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 7 paper 978-0-300-15820-5 $16.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11229-0 $24.00

THE INVENTION OF SCOTLAND

THE DISCOVERY OF MANKIND

Myth and History

Atlantic Encounters in the Age of Columbus

Hugh Trevor-Roper

David Abulafia

“The aim of this wonderful work of scholarship and literary wit is to show how the ‘customs and costumes of the Scottish Highlands,’ which had once been despised as barbarous and even outlawed for a time, were reinvented, embellished, and extended to embrace all of Scotland and her glorious history.”—Katherine A. Powers, Boston Globe

“This is a fine book, a rare combination of careful scholarship and story-telling ability that breathes vivid life into the events of five centuries past. It is also a salutary reminder that the discovery of mankind is a process not yet complete.”—Kevin Rushby, Guardian

September History 304 pp. 12 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15829-8 $20.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13686-9 $30.00

September History 408 pp. 30 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15821-2 $25.95 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12582-5 $35.00

September Science/Psychology 344 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15860-1 $18.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-14222-8 $28.00

118

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

FRED ASTAIRE Joseph Epstein

Joseph Epstien’s highly acclaimed portrait of America’s most graceful and elegant male dancer

T

his portrait of Fred Astaire, widely acclaimed as America’s greatest male dancer, explores his life, his unforgettable movie performances with Ginger Rogers and other great dance partners, and how he came to represent the very essence of style, class, and charm. “Epstein writes like an insider chatting over mai tais at the Brown Derby.”—Patricia Volk, O, the Oprah Magazine “[A] brief, lyrical gem. . . . It’s a joy to read Epstein on virtually any subject upon which he decides to write, but Epstein on Astaire is especially magical.”

♦ Icons of America Icons of America is a series of short works written by leading scholars, critics, and writers, each of whom tells a new and innovative story about American history and culture through the lens of a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon.

—Julia Keller, Chicago Tribune

“A delightful little volume to press into the hands of kids who want a concise introduction to Astaire—or old-timers who already revere him.”—Tom Beer, Newsday

More than 10,000 hardcover copies sold

“Writing about Fred Astaire is like trying to write about sunshine or fog. Epstein manages, somehow, to do it—to grasp the ineffable. What’s more, his book makes you want to do one thing: Watch a Fred Astaire movie as soon as you possibly can.”—Paula Marantz Cohen, Philadelphia Inquirer “Nicely paced, almost scientifically analytical in explaining why Astaire became a legend while others merely became movie stars, and filled with illuminating asides and unexpected wisecracks, Fred Astaire manages to draw a direct line from Denis Diderot to Alexis de Tocqueville to Marcel Proust to Fred Astaire. My top hat’s off to this guy.” —Joe Queenan, Toronto Globe & Mail

J O S E P H E P S T E I N is the author of, among other books, Snobbery, Friendship, and Fabulous Small Jews. He has been editor of American Scholar and has written for the New Yorker, the Atlantic, Commentary, Town and Country, and other magazines.

September Biography/Performing Arts 224 pp. 2 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15844-1 $15.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11695-3 $22.00

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

119

BAGHDAD AT SUNRISE A Brigade Commander’s War in Iraq Peter R. Mansoor Foreword by Donald Kagan and Frederick Kagan

A

n unprecedented on-the-ground insider’s account of the crucial first year of the war in Iraq

“A masterful account of command in counterinsurgency operations. Colonel Peter Mansoor’s superb description of his brigade’s experiences during our first year in Iraq is a must read for soldiers, scholars, and policymakers alike—and all would do well to examine the lessons he draws from his experiences.” —David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army

“Mansoor displays the knowledge of a soldier alongside the narrative gifts of a true historian.”—Mark Moyar, Wall Street Journal “Peter Mansoor’s extraordinarily valuable Baghdad at Sunrise . . . is a far better guide to counterinsurgency warfare than the official manual published by the Army and Marines. . . . This book has more intellectual integrity and utility.”—Ralph Peters, New York Post

P E T E R R . M A N S O O R , a recently retired U.S. Army colonel, is the General Raymond Mason Chair of Military History, The Ohio State University.

✦

Yale Library of Military History

More than 10,000 copies sold in hardcover

September History/Military History/Current Events 416 pp. 25 b/w illus.; 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15847-2 $18.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-14069-9 $28.00

NOBILITY OF SPIRIT A Forgotten Ideal Rob Riemen Translated by Marjolijn de Jager

A

n impassioned call to restore the conditions of freedom and human dignity—ideals our civilization seems to have lost

“Rob Riemen has written a rare and much needed book, one which we appreciate not because we necessarily agree with its views, but for its commitment to ideas and its passion for imagination. It is a timely reminder of how imaginative knowledge can become a way of questioning, connecting to and changing the world as well as ourselves.”—Azar Nafisi “The most stirring redoubt against the ascendant forces of know-nothingness that we’ve come across in a long time. . . . It’s been ages since a work of non-fiction moved us this way.” —Mark Savas, Elegant Variation

September

Literary Studies/Cultural Studies

R O B R I E M E N , an essayist and cultural philosopher, is founder of the 160 pp. 4 3/4 x 7 1/2 Nexus Institute, an international center devoted to intellectual reflection paper with flaps 978-0-300-15853-3 $12.00 and to inspiring Western cultural and philosophical debate. cloth (S’08) 978-0-300-13690-6 $22.00 120

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

GOOD CAPITALISM, BAD CAPITALISM, AND THE ECONOMICS OF GROWTH AND PROSPERITY William J. Baumol, Robert E. Litan, and Carl J. Schramm

I

n this pathbreaking book, three prominent economists propose that there are different varieties of capitalism in the world today—some that are good for economic growth, others decidedly bad. For anyone concerned with America’s economic future or the aspirations of poorer nations, this book is essential reading. “Helpfully moves the debate on from competing national models to the underlying structures that shape the relative effectiveness of different sorts of capitalism.”—Economist ✦

Received Honorable Mention for the 2007 ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award in the Business and Economics category

W I L L I A M J . B A U M O L is Harold Price Professor of Entrepreneurship More than 16,000 copies and academic director of the Berkley Center for Entrepreneurial Studies sold in hardcover in the Stern School of Business, New York University, and senior economist and professor emeritus at Princeton University. R O B E R T E . L I TA N October Economics/Business is vice president for research and policy at the Kauffman Foundation and 336 pp. 7 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 senior fellow at the Brookings Institution. C A R L J . S C H R A M M is paper 978-0-300-15832-8 $22.00 cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-10941-2 $30.00 president and chief executive officer of the Kauffman Foundation and a Not for sale in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Batten Fellow at the Darden School of Business, University of Virginia. Nepal, Bhutan and Myanmar

THE ARTS OF INTIMACY Christians, Jews, and Muslims in the Making of Castilian Culture Jerrilynn D. Dodds, María Rosa Menocal, and Abigail Krasner Balbale

T

he acclaimed authors of Architecture and Ideology in Early Modern Spain and The Ornament of the World join forces to offer a dynamic vision of medieval Castilian culture and the Arabic, Hebrew, and Latin strands that intertwined to create it.

“Lyrically written, elegantly illustrated, and deeply informed by the latest scholarship, The Arts of Intimacy offers rich insight into the remarkably cosmopolitan world of medieval Castile, and Alfonsine Toledo in particular. With grace and subtlety, the authors show that tolerance, openness, and the productive admixture of cultures could flourish even amid the geopolitical reality of Christian reconquest. This is the history of culture at its finest, advancing an important new interpretation while offering rewards for mind and senses alike.”—Noah Feldman

J E R R I LY N N D . D O D D S is distinguished professor and senior faculty advisor to the provost for undergraduate education, City College of New York. M A R Í A R O S A M E N O C A L is director, Whitney Humanities Center, and Sterling Professor of the Humanities, Yale University. A B I G A I L K R A S N E R B A L B A L E is a Ph.D. candidate in history and Middle Eastern studies at Harvard University.

November History/Art History 416 pp. 10 b/w + 200 color illus. 7 x 10 paper 978-0-300-15838-0 $24.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-10609-1 $40.00

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

121

TALIBAN Militant Islam, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central Asia Ahmed Rashid

T

he Number One New York Times best-seller, now newly relevant: Ahmed Rashid’s authoritative account of the world’s most extreme and radical Islamic organization “The best book on the Taliban.”—L. Carl Brown, Foreign Affairs “[A] valuable and informative work.”—Richard Bernstein, New York Times

“An excellent political and historical account of the movement’s rise to power.”—Katha Pollitt, Nation “Anyone contemplating new adventures in Afghanistan—whether to save its women from persecution, rescue the state from further fragmentation or save themselves from terrorist backlash—might first consult Rashid’s book.”—Paula R. Newberg, San Francisco Chronicle

F ’01 (backlist) Current Events 294 pp. 5 x 7 3/4 978-0-300-08902-8 $17.00

Called “Pakistan’s best and bravest reporter” by Christopher Hitchens in Vanity Fair, A H M E D R A S H I D was given the 2001 Nisar Osmani Award for courage in journalism by the Human Rights Society of Pakistan.

For sale in the U.S. and its dependencies (including the Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam), the Philippine Islands, and Canada only

PAKISTAN Eye of the Storm Third Edition Owen Bennett Jones

T

his thoroughly revised and updated edition of Bennett Jones’s market-leading account of this critical modern state includes fresh material on the Taliban insurgency, the Musharraf years, the return and subsequent assassination of Benazir Bhutto, and the unlikely election as president of Asif Ali Zardari. Praise for the first edition “The world has a stake in what happens in Pakistan. How great a stake, this book makes compellingly clear.”—Robert M. Hathaway,

Wilson Quarterly

“[A] lucid and sobering examination. . . . Owen Bennett Jones has delivered a well-crafted, clear, balanced and often quite lively account that should be immensely useful.” —Thomas W. Lippman, Washington Post Book World

O W E N B E N N E T T J O N E S was BBC correspondent in Pakistan and is now correspondent in Asia for the BBC World Service. He has written for the Guardian, the Financial Times, the Independent, the London Review of Books, and Prospect magazine. 122

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

November History/Current Events 368 pp. 32 b/w illus. + 4 maps 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 paper 978-0-300-15475-7 $19.00 Previous edition: paper ( F ’03) 978-0-300-10147-8 Not for sale in India, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and the Maldives

THE RAVEN KING

LIFE EXPLAINED

Matthias Corvinus and the Fate of His Lost Library

Michel Morange

Marcus Tanner This book is the first in English to tell the gripping story of Matthias Corvinus of Hungary—known as the Raven King—and of the fate of his fabled 2,000-volume library. “A fascinating yet little-known true-life tale that has all the hallmarks of gripping fiction.”—Independent on Sunday

Translated by Matthew Cobb and Malcolm DeBevoise

A biologist reflects on the question “What is life?” “This book is remarkable for the clarity and soundness of its arguments, the fair and balanced way in which it presents controversial positions, and its unique capacity to map out unresolved questions.”—Bruno J. Strasser, Yale University ✦

October History/Biography 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15828-1 $22.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12034-9 $35.00

THE PUBLIC DOMAIN Enclosing the Commons of the Mind

An Éditions Odile Jacob Book

November Science 224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15850-2 $16.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-13732-3 $25.00

THE ILLUSIONS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP

James Boyle

The Costly Myths That Entrepreneurs, Investors, and Policy Makers Live By

“In this delightful volume, Professor Boyle gives the reader a masterful tour of the intellectual property wars, the fight over who will control the information age, pointing the way toward the promise—and peril—of the future. A must read for both beginner and expert alike!” —Jimmy Wales, founder, Wikipedia

Scott A. Shane

January Law/Internet Culture/Current Events 336 pp. 1 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15834-2 $18.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-13740-8 $28.50

January Business/Economics 224 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15856-4 $18.00 cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11331-0 $26.00

“For its myth-busting findings and analytical rigor, Mr. Shane’s book is a welcome addition to the literature on a crucial part of any modern economy.” —Nick Schulz, Wall Street Journal

General Interest–Paperback Reprints

123

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade— Paperback Reprints

124

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints

THE GREAT AWAKENING

THE PEARL

The Roots of Evangelical Christianity in Colonial America

A True Tale of Forbidden Love in Catherine the Great’s Russia

Thomas S. Kidd

Douglas Smith

Winner of the 2008 Christianity Today Award of Merit in the category of History/Biography

“This is a dazzling, multi-faceted jewel of a book. It is a remarkable work of dual biography; it is also an unforgettable story.”—Robert K. Massie, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Nicholas and Alexandra and Peter the Great

“This is a book to end all books on the Great Awakening. . . . Probing and persuasive.”—Edwin S. Gaustad, Catholic Historical Review

August History/Religion 416 pp. 15 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15846-5 $22.00sc cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11887-2 $35.00sc

August Biography/History 224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15858-8 $22.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12041-7 $35.00

REBELS, MAVERICKS, AND HERETICS IN BIOLOGY

AUTO MANIA

Edited and with an Introduction by Oren Harman and Michael R. Dietrich With an Epilogue by R. C. Lewontin The stories of nineteen scientists—some famous, some forgotten—who stubbornly challenged assumptions and icons in the life sciences.

August Science/History of Science 416 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15845-8 $23.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11639-7 $40.00sc

Cars, Consumers, and the Environment Tom McCarthy A timely history of why the environmental problems that American automobile consumers and automakers created have proved so hard to fix. “What distinguishes Auto Mania . . . is the scope of its indictment. McCarthy doesn’t [just] blame Detroit for the ills of Detroit; he blames all of us.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, New Yorker September History/Environmental Studies/Economics 368 pp. 52 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15848-9 $20.00sc cloth 978-0-300-11038-8 $32.50sc

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints

125

PRESERVING NATURE IN THE NATIONAL PARKS A History With a New Preface and Epilogue

Richard West Sellars

T

his groundbreaking book—now reissued with a new preface and epilogue that bring the book up to the 2009 change in presidential administrations—traces the epic clash of values between traditional scenery-and-tourism management and emerging ecological concepts in America’s national parks.

P R E S E R V I N G N AT U R E I N T H E N AT I O N A L PA R K S A HISTORY

“Preserving Nature inspired the greatest advances in scientific natural resource preservation in the history of the national parks.”—Stewart L. Udall, Secretary of the Interior, 1961–1969 “Anyone who hopes to understand the rich history of our national parks—or cares about their future—needs to read this penetrating book.“—Dayton Duncan, writer and producer of The National Parks: America’s Best Idea broadcast on PBS

“This book has changed the way I think about the National Park Service. Its honesty, clarity, and deep research all mark this book as a landmark in N.P.S. historical treatises.” —Robert C. Pavlik, Yosemite Association

RICHARD WEST SELLARS

✦

Selected as one of the top twelve books on conservation by wilderness advocate Dave Foreman

✦

Preserving Nature won Eastern National’s 1997 Authors Award in the field of natural science or history, and Sellars won the 2008 George B. Hartzog, Jr., Award, given by the Coalition of National Park Service Retirees, mainly for his contributions through this book

September History/Nature 448 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 Historian R I C H A R D W E S T S E L L A R S was with the National Park paper 978-0-300-15414-6 $27.50sc Service for thirty-five years. previous edition: paper (S’99) 978-0-300-07578-6

THE UKRAINIANS Unexpected Nation, Third Edition Andrew Wilson

T

his book is the most acute, informed, and up-to-date account available today of Ukraine and its people. Andrew Wilson brings his classic work up to the present, through the Orange Revolution and its aftermath, including the 2006 election, the ensuing crisis of 2007, the Ukrainian response to the Russian invasion of Georgia in 2008, the economic crisis in Ukraine, and the 2009 gas dispute between Russia and Ukraine. It looks forward to the key election in 2010, which will revisit many of the issues that were thought settled in 2004. Praise for earlier editions: “Marvelous. . . . A perfect introduction to a fascinating culture: strongly recommended.”—Library Journal “[A] sweeping introductory examination of Ukrainian identity and history. . . . An exceptional history, the kind that supplies not pat answers but food for thought within a lush context of documented and mythological past.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review) October History 384 pp. 36 b/w + 16 color illus. A N D R E W W I L S O N is reader in Ukrainian studies at the School of paper 978-0-300-15476-4 $19.00sc Slavonic and East European Studies, University College, London. previous edition: paper (S’02) 978-0-300-09309-4

126

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints

INDIA

VISHNU’S CROWDED TEMPLE

The Rise of an Asian Giant

India since the Great Rebellion

Dietmar Rothermund

Maria Misra

An authoritative analysis of the political, economic, and social developments behind India’s dramatic rise in global stature

“A very readable work, packed with information, engagingly written and often bracingly maverick in its interpretations. It is not only worth reading, but worth arguing about.”—Chandak Sengoopta, Independent

“A well-written interdisciplinary account of changes that have taken place in India since independence in 1947. . . . Recommended.”—Choice October History 288 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15827-4 $20.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11309-9 $35.00 Not for sale in India

THE THEBAN PLAYS OF SOPHOCLES

October History 592 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15142-8 $24.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13721-7 $35.00 For sale in the U.S. only

MORTAL COIL A Short History of Living Longer

Translated by David R. Slavitt

David Boyd Haycock

“Slavitt’s lean translations are dramatically effective without sacrificing the nuances of the original. . . . Arguably superior in some respects to Fagles, especially as a work to perform on stage.”—Gail Holst-Warhaft, Cornell University

“This is history on a grand scale, built from intensive knowledge of the day-to-day workings of planters, merchants, sailors, and drinkers across the Atlantic basin. David Hancock shows how trade systems actually operated and in the process uses the wine buisness to illuminate the origins of the modern global economy. —Peter C. Mancall, University of Southern California

✦

The Yale New Classics Series

October Drama 288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-11901-5 $15.00sc cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-11776-9 $28.00

October History/History of Science 320 pp. 16 pp. illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 paper 978-0-300-15825-0 $22.00sc cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11778-3 $30.00

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints

127

HouseHold Gods The British and Their Possessions Deborah Cohen Winner of the American Historical Association’s 2007 Morris D. Forkosch Prize and co-winner of the 2007 Albion Book Prize from the North American Conference on British Studies; shortlisted for the Hessel-Tiltman History Prize “[A] witty and beguiling history of a hundred years of British domestic interiors.”—Ligaya Mishan, New York Times Book Review

THE AMERICAN FAR WEST IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Earl Pomeroy Edited by Richard W. Etulain, Foreword by Howard R. Lamar

“No historian in the past half century has written about the American West with greater insight or originality than Earl Pomeroy. We are lucky indeed that he has left us this posthumous volume as a final monument to the depth and range of his extraordinary scholarship.” —William Cronon ✦

The Lamar Series in Western History

October History 336 pp. 100 b/w + 15 color illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-13641-8 $25.00sc cloth (F ’06) 978-0-300-11213-9 $45.00sc

October History 600 pp. 62 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15852-6 $25.00sc cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-12073-8 $35.00

WAR OF A THOUSAND DESERTS

ALL CAN BE SAVED

Indian Raids and the U.S.–Mexican War

Religious Tolerance and Salvation in the Iberian Atlantic World

Brian DeLay

Stuart B. Schwartz “This is not just the most significant work on the U.S.Mexico War to appear in a generation, but a study with wide-ranging implications for the history of North America. Brian DeLay shows how enlightening transnational history can be when done well.”—Amy S. Greenberg, The Pennsylvania State University ✦

The Lamar Series in Western History

November History/American Indian Studies 496 pp. 31 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15837-3 $25.00sc cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11932-9 $35.00

128

Winner of the 2008 Cundill International Prize in History “A flowing narrative that is at once gripping and enlightening. . . . All Can Be Saved should prove to be a very important contribution to our understanding of religious belief, past and present.”—Carlos Eire, Books & Culture November History/Religion 352 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15854-0 $25.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12580-1 $40.00sc

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints

THE SERBS History, Myth and the Destruction of Yugoslavia Third Edition

Tim Judah

J

ournalist Tim Judah’s classic account, now brought fully up to date to include the overthrow of Miloševiˇc, the assassination of Zoran Djindiˇc, the breakaway of Kosovo, and the arrest of Radovan Karadžiˇc.

Praise for the first edition: “A lively and balanced history of the Serbs.”—Aleksa Djilas, New York Times Book Review

“Judah writes splendidly. . . .The story he tells does much to explain both the Serb obsession with the treachery of outsiders and their quasi-religious faith in the eventual founding, or rather reestablishment, of the Serbian state.”—Mark Danner, New York Review

More than 20,000 hardcover copies of The Serbs have been sold in its previous editions.

of Books

“Judah’s book is probably the best attempt to date to explain the calamitous situation of the Serbs today through a meticulous consideration of the Serb past.”—David Rieff, Toronto Globe and Mail “A first-rate profile of the Serb nation.”—Choice “Judah has written a readable and intelligent volume, carefully researched and judiciously constructed.”—William Peter Kaldis, History: Reviews of New Books

“Readable and stimulating.”—Brendan Simms, Times Higher Education Supplement

T I M J U D A H was Balkans correspondent for the London Times and the Economist, and has been a frequent contributor the New York Review of Books.

October History/Current Events 368 pp. 40 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15826-7 $19.00sc Previous edition (F ’00) 978-0-300-08507-5

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints

129

HUMANS, NATURE, AND BIRDS Science Art from Cave Walls to Computer Screens Darryl Wheye and Donald Kennedy Foreword by Paul R. Ehrlich “Just as a glass of a fine wine is meant to be enjoyed sip by sip, this book will be enjoyed page by page. Its . . . thoughtprovoking images depict our age-old fascination with birds, ranging from the owl traced 30,000 years ago in Chauvet Cave, to the goshawk attacking grouse in a dramatic modern painting.”—Jared Diamond, author of Guns, Germs, and Steel November Nature/Science 240 pp. 75 color illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15862-5 $22.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12388-3 $37.50

THE WOMAN WHO WALKED INTO THE SEA Huntington’s and the Making of a Genetic Disease Alice Wexler Foreword by Nancy S. Wexler “Detailed and evocative. . . . Wexler re-creates a picture of a long-ago place where doctors lived next-door to their patients and where generation after generation of a community’s most prominent members struggled with a crippling disease.”—Amy Dockser Marcus, Wall Street Journal

Published with assistance from the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation’s Public Understanding of Science and Technology Program

January Medicine/History of Science/Biography 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15861-8 $20.00sc cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-10502-5 $30.00sc

ON ELOQUENCE

FORGIVE US OUR DEBTS

Denis Donoghue

The Intergenerational Dangers of Fiscal Irresponsibility

A

Andrew Yarrow

n eloquent reminder of why we should care about—and revel in—eloquence in literature and speech. “Donoghue is a formidably gifted critic whose range of reference is truly impressive.”—Peter Brooks, New York Times Book Review

January Literary Studies 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15839-7 $17.00sc cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12541-2 $27.50

130

“This book should be mandatory reading for everyone who cares about America’s future economic health. Andrew’s concise, clearly written prose explains why deficits really do matter, for all of us, and for our children and grandchildren.” —Charles Kolb, President, The Committee for Economic Development

January Economics 184 pp. 14 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15863-2 $17.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12353-1 $25.00

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints

AN INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY SPOKEN ARABIC A Conversational Course on DVD

TRANSICIÓN Hacia un español avanzado a través de la historia de España

Shukri Abed

Josebe Bilbao-Henry

T

T

his text-and-DVD package can be used to improve the conversational skills of second- to third-semester beginning Arabic students. It helps students as they begin to express themselves in the Arabic language, guiding them through language functions such as describing people and places, and discussing typical daily activities.

S H U K R I A B E D is chairman of the Language and Regional Studies Department at the Middle East Institute in Washington, D.C. He has taught at the University of Maryland and the University of Mary Washington. December Language Part 1: 240 pp. 40 b/w illus. 7 x 10 Paper with DVD 978-0-300-14480-2 $40.00tx Part 2: 240 pp. 40 b/w illus. 7 x 10 Paper with DVD 978-0-300-15904-2 $40.00tx

his intermediate to advanced Spanish language textbook focuses on the transition to democracy in Spain after Franco’s regime. The textbook helps students to build critical thinking skills and to analyze unfamiliar topics through an engaging variety of authentic readings, guided discussions, and writing activities on Spain’s recent history. Each chapter incorporates an episode of Cuéntame cómo pasó, a Spanish TV series, which is included on DVD. This book fits the needs of students who are interested in Spanish as well as political science, international relations, or history.

J O S E B E B I L B A O - H E N R Y is adjunct assistant professor of Spanish at the George Washington University. November Language 384 pp. 19 b/w illus. 8 x 10 Paper with DVD 978-0-300-14217-4

$75.00tx

SONIDOS EN CONTEXTO

LEARNING CHINESE

Una introducción a la fonética del español con especial referencia a la vida real

A Foundation Course in Mandarin

Terrell A. Morgan

S

onidos en contexto is a comprehensive, theory-independent description of Spanish phonetics and phonology for intermediate to advanced students. It provides articulatory descriptions of native pronunciations as well as practical advice on producing native-like sounds, with a logical progression of exercises leading to that end. “The best, most up-to-date, and most comprehensive treatment of Spanish phonetics.”—Joel Rini, University of

Julian K. Wheatley

L

earning Chinese teaches basic conversational and literary skills in Mandarin. It is designed to build language ability while stimulating learners’ curiosity about the linguistic structures of the language as well as the geography, history, and culture of China. Conversational lessons are separated from lessons on reading and writing characters, allowing instructors to adapt the book to their students and to their course goals.

Virginia

T E R R E L L A . M O R G A N is Associate Professor of Spanish at The Ohio State University.

J U L I A N K . W H E AT L E Y is visiting associate professor of Chinese at the National Institute of Education at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore.

February Language 440 pp. 24 b/w + 325 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 paper with CD-ROM 978-0-300-14959-3 $95.00tx

November Language 416 pp. 48 b/w illus. 8 x 10 paper 978-0-300-14117-7 $65.00tx

Languages

131

Now available in paperback

THE WORKS OF JONATHAN EDWARDS “The Jonathan Edwards Project is the first of its kind—a comprehensive, exhaustive effort to produce an online archive of all of Edwards’ sermons, treatises, letters and musings to serve the needs of anyone who cares to know the man. . . . Though he may never attain the rock-star status of George Washington, with the Yale project, Edwards will live forever.”—Adrian Brune, Hartford Courant

Volume 1: Freedom of the Will Jonathan Edwards Edited by Paul Ramsay

T

he premier volume of the Works of Jonathan Edwards, now available for the first time in paperback, presents a critical edition of Edwards’ famous treatise on Freedom of the Will of 1754. This work, by which Edwards was known through the nineteenth century, shaped philosophical discourse in America and Europe, and is on the list of 500 most important books printed in America. ✦

The Works of Jonathan Edwards August Religion/Editions 506 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15840-3 $20.00tx cloth (F’57) 978-0-300-00848-7 $110.00tx

Volume 2: Religious Affections Jonathan Edwards Edited by John E. Smith

O

riginally printed in 1746 at the culmination of the series of tumultuous revivals known as the Great Awakening, Edwards’ Treatise Concerning Religious Affections is regarded as one of the most sophisticated examinations of conversion psychology, delineating negative and positive signs of “true” religion. Today as in the eighteenth century, this work is referred to by revivalists and religious practitioners as a guide in questions concerning true and counterfeit religious behavior.

✦

The Works of Jonathan Edwards August Religion/Editions 534 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15841-0 $20.00tx cloth (F ’59) 978-0-300-00966-8 $110.00tx

Volume 4: The Great Awakening Jonathan Edwards Edited by C. C. Goen

T

his volume collects Edwards’ major revival tracts, including A Faithful Narrative of the Surprizing Work of God, his description and analysis of the Connecticut River awakening of the 1730s; The Distinguishing Marks of a Work of the Spirit of God, in which he began to identify the essential signs of grace; and Some Thoughts Concerning the Revival, a robust answer to critics of the awakenings in New England and beyond who doubted the authenticity of the “work” because of the enthusiasm of its participants. ✦

132

The Works of Jonathan Edwards

Academic

August Religion/Editions 607 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15842-7 $20.00tx cloth (F ’72) 978-0-300-01437-2 $110.00tx

SUICIDAL BEHAVIOR IN CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS

✦

Current Perspectives in Psychology

Barry M. Wagner

I

n this remarkably clear and readable evaluation of the research on this topic, Barry M. Wagner presents the current state of knowledge about suicidal behaviors in children and adolescents, addressing the trends of the past ten years and evaluating available treatment approaches. Wagner provides an in-depth examination of the problem of suicidal behavior within the context of child and adolescent behavior. Among the developmental issues covered are the evolving capacity for emotional self-regulation, change and stresses in family, peer, and romantic relationships, and developing conceptions of time and death. He also provides an up-to-date review of the controversy surrounding the possible influence of antidepressant medications on suicidal behavior. Within the context of an integrative model of the suicide crisis, Wagner discusses issues pertaining to assessment, treatment, and prevention. B A R R Y M . WA G N E R is Professor of Psychology and Director of Clinical Training at the Catholic University of America. He lives in Washington, D.C.

August Psychology 272 pp. 7 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-11250-4 $55.00tx

CHURCH, SOCIETY, AND RELIGIOUS CHANGE IN FRANCE, 1580–1730 Joseph Bergin

T

his readable and engaging book by an acclaimed historian is the only wide-ranging synthesis devoted to the French experience of religious change during the period after the wars of religion up to the early Enlightenment. Joseph Bergin provides a clear, up-to-date, and thorough account of the religious history of France in the context of social, institutional, and cultural developments during the so-called long seventeenth century. Bergin argues that the French version of the Catholic Reformation showed a dynamism unrivaled elsewhere in Europe. The traumatic experiences of the wars of religion, the continuing search within France for heresy, and the challenge of Augustinian thought successively energized its attempts at religious change. Bergin highlights the continuing interaction of church and society and shows that while the French experience was clearly allied to its European context, its path was a distinctive one. J O S E P H B E R G I N is professor of history at the University of Manchester, and a Fellow of the British Academy. His previous books include Cardinal Richelieu, The Making of the French Episcopate and Crown, Church and Episcopate under Louis XI. He lives in Manchester, UK.

August History/Religion 480 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15098-8 $55.00tx

THE CHOSEN WILL BECOME HERDS Studies in Twentieth-Century Kabbalah Jonathan Garb Translated by Yaffah Berkovits-Murciano

T

he popularity of Kabbalah, a Jewish mystical movement at least 900 years old, has grown astonishingly within the context of the New Age movement. This book is the first to provide a broad overview of the major trends in contemporary Kabbalah together with in-depth discussions of major figures and schools. A noted expert on Kabbalah, Jonathan Garb places the “kabbalistic Renaissance” within the global context of the rise of other forms of spirituality, including Sufism and Tibetan Buddhism. He shows how Kabbalah has been transformed by the events of the Holocaust and, following the establishment of Israel, by aliyah. The Chosen Will Become Herds is an original piece of scholarship and, in its own right, a new chapter in the history of Kabbalah. August

J O N AT H A N G A R B , a leading authority on modern Kabbalah, is a senior lecturer at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

Jewish Studies/Religious Studies 240 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-12394-4 $50.00tx

Academic

133

JEWS IN UKRAINIAN LITERATURE Representation and Identity Myroslav Shkandrij

T

his pioneering study is the first to show how Jews have been seen through modern Ukrainian literature. Myroslav Shkandrij uses evidence found within that literature to challenge the established view that the Ukrainian and Jewish communities were antagonistic toward one another and interacted only when compelled to do so by economic necessity. Jews in Ukrainian Literature synthesizes recent research in the West and in Ukraine, where access to Soviet-era literature has become possible only in the recent, post-independence period. Many of the works discussed are either littleknown or unknown in the West. By demonstrating how Ukrainians have imagined their historical encounters with Jews in different ways over the decades, this account also shows how the Jewish presence has contributed to the acceptance of cultural diversity within contemporary Ukraine. August

Literary Criticism/Jewish Studies

M Y R O S L AV S H K A N D R I J is professor of Slavic studies at the University 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 of Manitoba. He lives in Winnipeg. paper orig. 978-0-300-12588-7 $55.00tx

CIVIL SOCIETY AND EMPIRE Ireland and Scotland in the Eighteenth-Century Atlantic World James Livesey

J

ames Livesey traces the origins of the modern conception of civil society—an ideal of collective life between the family and politics to Ireland and Scotland in the eighteenth century. Livesey shows how civil society was first invented as an idea of renewed community for the provincial and defeated elites in the provinces of the British Empire and how this innovation allowed them to enjoy liberty without directly participating in the empire’s governance, until the limits of the concept were revealed. Livesey also demonstrates that the concept of civil society continues to have direct relevance for contemporary political theory and action— for example, how western governments have appealed to the values of civil society in their projections of power in Bosnia and Iraq. Civil society has become an object central to current ideological debate, and this book offers a thought-provoking discussion of its beginnings, objectives, and current nature. ✦

The Lewis Walpole Series in Eighteenth-Century Studies

J A M E S L I V E S E Y has taught at Trinity College Dublin and Harvard University and is Reader at the University of Sussex.

September History 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4

YALE FRENCH STUDIES, NUMBER 116/117 Turns to the Right? Michael A. Johnson and Lawrence R. Schehr, Special Editors

Table of Contents

Richard J. Golsan: Pascal Bruckner and the Politics of the Moraliste: Realism or Reaction?

Michael A. Johnson and Lawrence R. Schehr: “Turns to the Right?”

Nacira Guénif-Souilamas: The Inflated Ego and New Games of Belonging

François Noudelmann: A Turn to the Right: “Genealogy” in France since the 1980s

Bruno Chaouat: Moroseness in Post–Cold War France

Verena Conley: “Soigne ta droite” Michel Gueldry: The Americanization of France Adrian Johnston: The Right Left: Alain Badiou and the Disruption of Political Identities Bénédicte Coste: Against the Grain: Michéa’s Radical Philosophy and Its Discontents 134

Academic

Douglas Morrey: Sex and the Single Male: Houellebecq, Feminism, and Hegemonic Masculinity Karl Pollin: Saint-Maurice of the Saber, Gnostic of Postmodern Times Armine K. Mortimer: The Third Closet: Sollers’ War September Language 224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-11823-0 $30.00tx

IDEOLOGY AND INQUISITION The World of the Censors in Early Mexico Martin Austin Nesvig

T

his book is the first comprehensive treatment in English of the ideology and practice of the Inquisitional censors, focusing on the case of Mexico from the 1520s to the 1630s. Others have examined the effects of censorship, but Martin Nesvig employs a nontraditional approach that focuses on the inner logic of censorship in order to examine the collective mentality, ideological formation, and practical application of ideology of the censors themselves. Nesvig shows that censorship was not only about the regulation of books but about censorship in the broader sense as a means to regulate Catholic dogma and the content of religious thought. In Mexico, decisions regarding censorship involved considerable debate and disagreement among censors, thereby challenging the idea of the Inquisition as a monolithic institution. Once adapted to cultural circumstances in Mexico, the Inquisition and the Index produced not a weapon of intellectual terror but a flexible apparatus of control.

M A R T I N N E S V I G is assistant professor of history at the University of Miami. He is the editor of Local Religion in Colonial Mexico and Religious Culture in Modern Mexico.

September History 368 pp. 10 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-14040-8 $60.00tx

THE PRISON AND THE AMERICAN IMAGINATION

✦ Yale Studies in English

Caleb Smith

H

ow did a nation so famously associated with freedom become internationally identified with imprisonment? After the scandals of Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo Bay, and in the midst of a dramatically escalating prison population, the question is particularly urgent. In this timely, provocative study, Caleb Smith argues that the dehumanization inherent in captivity has always been at the heart of American civil society. Exploring legal, political, and literary texts—including the works of Dickinson, Melville, and Emerson—Smith shows how alienation and self-reliance, social death and spiritual rebirth, torture, and penitence came together in the prison, a scene for the portrayal of both gothic nightmares and romantic dreams. Demonstrating how the “cellular soul” has endured since the antebellum age, The Prison and the American Imagination offers a passionate and haunting critique of the very idea of solitude in American life.

C A L E B S M I T H is Assistant Professor of English at Yale University.

September Sociology/Literary Studies 272 pp. 4 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14166-5 $40.00sc

THE UNBOUNDED HOME Property Values Beyond Property Lines Lee Anne Fennell

T

he Unbounded Home grapples with a core metropolitan reality—that the value and meaning of a home extend beyond its property lines to schools, shops, parks, services, transportation, neighbors, neighborhood aesthetics, and even market conditions. Lee Anne Fennell unpacks the resulting tension between the homeowner’s desire for personal autonomy at home and the impulse to control what happens in surrounding areas to safeguard the home’s value. The stakes are high; this conundrum carries implications for nearly every facet of residential life, including the many neighborhoods in the United States that are segregated by race and social class. Fennell shows how a new understanding of homeownership and innovations that increase the flexibility of property law can address critical issues of neighborhood control and community composition that have been simmering unresolved for decades.

L E E A N N E F E N N E L L is professor of law at the University of Chicago Law School.

September Law 312 pp. 11 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-12244-2 $45.00tx

Academic

135

THE WORKS OF SAMUEL JOHNSON Volumes 21–23: The Lives of the Poets Samuel Johnson Edited by John H. Middendorf

T

he Lives of the Poets was the crowning achievement of Samuel Johnson’s rich and varied literary life. Initially planned as a series of rapid-fire prefaces introducing separate volumes on English poets, Johnson’s project evolved into a comprehensive biographical and critical survey of English poetry from the time of Cowley to the time of Gray. This carefully researched three-volume edition of Lives presents a definitive text reflecting Johnson’s final wishes for its wording, accompanied by notes of value both to general readers and specialists. ✦

The Yale Edition of the Works of Samuel Johnson

Previously announced Fall ’08 August Reference/Literary Studies 1,344 pp. in three volumes 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12314-2 $300.00tx

The late J O H N H . M I D D E N D O R F , a renowned Johnson scholar, served as general editor and chair of the Yale Edition of the Works of Samuel Johnson. He was also professor of English at Columbia University.

COMPARATIVE STUDIES AND THE POLITICS OF MODERN MEDICAL CARE Edited by Theodore R. Marmor, Richard Freeman, and Kieke G. H. Okma

T

his book offers a timely account of health reform struggles in developed democracies. The editors, leading experts in the field, have brought together a group of distinguished scholars to explore the ambitions and realities of health care regulation, financing, and delivery across countries. These wide-ranging essays cover policy debates and reforms in Canada, Germany, Holland, the United Kingdom, and the United States, as well as separate treatments of some of the most prominent issues confronting policy makers. These include primary care, hospital care, long-term care, pharmaceutical policy, and private health insurance. The authors are attentive throughout to the ways in which cross-national, comparative research may inform national policy debates not only under the Obama administration but across the world. T H E O D O R E R . M A R M O R is Professor Emeritus of Public Policy and Political Science at Yale. R I C H A R D F R E E M A N teaches in the School October Health/Public Policy of Social and Political Science at the University of Edinburgh. K I E K E G . 368 pp. 5 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 H . O K M A teaches health care policy and politics at NYU’s Wagner paper orig. 978-0-300-14983-8 $55.00 tx School of Public Policy.

POLICING STALIN’S SOCIALISM

✦

Repression and Social Order in the Soviet Union, 1924–1953

The Yale-Hoover Series on Stalin, Stalinism, and the Cold War

David R. Shearer

P

olicing Stalin’s Socialism is one of the first books to emphasize the importance of social-order repression by Stalin’s Soviet regime in contrast to the traditional emphasis of historians on political repression. Based on extensive examination of new archival materials, David Shearer finds that most repression during the Stalinist dictatorship of the 1930s was against marginal social groups such as petty criminals, deviant youth, sectarians, and the unemployed and unproductive. It was because Soviet leaders regarded social disorder as more of a danger to the state than political opposition that they instituted a new form of class war to defend themselves against this perceived threat. Despite the combined work of the political and civil police the efforts to cleanse society failed; this failure set the stage for the massive purges that decimated the country in the late 1930s. D AV I D S H E A R E R is Associate Professor of History at the University of Delaware.

136

Academic

October History/Soviet History 512 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-14925-8 $55.00tx

THE ITALIAN INQUISITION Christopher F. Black

T

he Italian Inquisition, or Holy Office, was established in 1542, stimulated partly by the earlier Spanish operation. Certainly Spain’s “black legend” affected opinions of the Inquisition in Italy, but as this pioneering book shows, there were significant differences between their operations, targets, and casualties. In this pioneering history of the Italian Inquisition, Christopher F. Black charts how it developed and changed over time. He maps its cumbersome means of command, supervision, and action, as well as its role as a surprisingly approachable regulatory body working within communities. Ranging right across the Italian panorama, and rooting his enquiry in striking individual cases, Black uncovers Inquisitional procedure from denunciation to punishment. This scrupulous and richly rewarding book shows how the Inquisition shaped Italy’s religious and social worlds.

C H R I S T O P H E R B L A C K is professor of history at the University of Glasgow. His previous books include Early Modern Italy: A Social History and Church, Religion and Society in Early Modern Italy.

November History 336 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11706-6 $55.00tx

CONSERVATION BIOLOGY OF HAWAIIAN FOREST BIRDS Implications for Island Avifauna Edited by Thane K. Pratt, Carter T. Atkinson, Paul C. Banko, James D. Jacobi, and Bethany L. Woodworth

H

awaii’s forest bird community is the most insular and most endangered in the world and serves as a case study for threatened species globally. Ten have disappeared in the past thirty years, nine are critically endangered, and even common species are currently in decline. Thane K. Pratt, his coeditors, and collaborators describe the research and conservation efforts to save Hawaii’s forest birds; offer the most comprehensive look at the reasons for these extinctions and attempts to overcome them in the future; and cover trends in bird populations, factors limiting population size, avian diseases, predators, and competing alien bird species. Color plates by award-winning local photographer Jack Jeffrey illustrate all living species discussed or described. T H A N E K . P R AT T, C A R T E R T. AT K I N S O N , PA U L C . B A N K O , and J A M E S D . J A C O B I are all at the U.S. Geological Survey, Pacific Island Ecosystem Research Center. B E T H A N Y W O O D W O R T H is an instructor of Environmental Studies at the University of New England.

NOTES FROM THE GROUND

640 pp.

November 97 b/w + 32 color illus.

Nature 7 x 10

✦ Yale Agrarian Studies Series

Science, Soil, and Society in the American Countryside Benjamin R. Cohen

N

otes from the Ground examines the cultural conditions that brought agriculture and science together in nine-

teenth-century America. Integrating the history of science, environmental history, and science studies, the book shows how and why agrarian Americans—yeoman farmers, gentleman planters, politicians, and policy makers alike— accepted, resisted, and shaped scientific ways of knowing the land. By detailing the changing perceptions of soil treatment, Benjamin Cohen shows that the credibility of new soil practices grew not from the arrival of professional chemists, but out of an existing ideology of work, knowledge, and citizenship. “Notes from the Ground, by explaining how new technologies were evaluated and accepted in practice, transforms our understanding of antebellum Southern agriculture.” —David E. Nye, author of America as Second Creation

B E N J A M I N R . C O H E N is Assistant Professor of Science, Technology, and Society at the University of Virginia. He lives in Palmyra, VA.

November

Agricultural Studies/ History of Science 288 pp. 29 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13923-5 $55.00tx

Academic

137

BEDOUIN LAW FROM SINAI AND THE NEGEV Justice without Government Clinton Bailey

B

edouin Law from Sinai and the Negev is the first comprehensive study of Bedouin law published in English, including oral, pre-modern law. The material for the book, collected over the course of forty years of field work by Clinton Bailey, one of the world’s leading scholars on Bedouin culture, is of permanent scholarly value. Bailey shows how a nomadic desert-dwelling society provides for its own law and order in the traditional absence of any centralized authority or law enforcement agency to protect it. This comprehensive picture of Bedouin law offers readers a unique opportunity to understand Bedouin law by highlighting the close connection between the law and the culture from which it emerged. “Bailey’s book is not only original, but extremely important, as it broadens the range of literature available on the Bedouin.”—Benjamin Saidel, East Carolina University

C L I N T O N B A I L E Y is a research fellow on Bedouin culture at Trinity College, Hartford. He is the author of A Culture of Desert Survival: Bedouin Proverbs from Sinai and the Negev.

LAND REFORM IN RUSSIA

November Law/Anthropology 384 pp. 6 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15324-8 $70.00tx

✦ Yale Agrarian Studies Series

Institutional Design and Behavioral Responses Stephen K. Wegren

T

his ambitious work is the definitive account of Russia’s land reform initiatives from the late 1980s to today. In Russia, a country controlling more land than any other nation, land ownership is central to structures of power, class division, and agricultural production. The aim of Russian land reform for the past thirty years—to undo the collectivization of the Soviet era and encourage public ownership—has been largely unsuccessful. To understand this failure, Stephen Wegren examines contemporary land reform policies in terms of legislation, institutional structure, and human behavior. Using extensive survey data, he analyzes household behaviors in regard to land ownership and usage based on socioeconomic status, family size, demographic distribution, and regional differences. Wegren’s study is important and timely, as Russian land reform will have a profound effect on Russia’s ability to compete in an era of globalization. November Agricultural Studies 352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-15097-1 $55.00tx

S T E P H E N W E G R E N is professor of political science and director of International and Area Studies at Southern Methodist University. He lives in Dallas, TX.

THE CULTURE OF NATURE IN BRITAIN, 1680–1860 P. M. Harman

T

his wide-ranging book investigates the emergence of modern ideas about the natural world in Britain from 1680– 1860 through an examination of the cultural values common to the sciences, art, literature, and natural theology. During this critical period, spanned by Newtonian science, natural theology, Darwin’s Origin of Species, and Ruskin’s Modern Painters, the fundamental conception of nature and humanity’s place within it changed.

P. M. Harman calls for a new understanding of the varied ways in which the British comprehended natural beauty, from the perception of nature as a “design” flowing from God’s creative power to the Darwinian naturalistic aesthetic. Harman connects a variety of differing views of nature deriving from religion, science, visual art, philosophy, and literature to developments in agriculture, manufacturing, and the daily lives of individuals. This ambitious and accessible book represents intellectual history at its best. P. M . H A R M A N is Professor Emeritus of the history of science at Lancaster University. 138

Academic

December History/History of Science 352 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15197-8 $65.00tx

THE FREDERICK DOUGLASS PAPERS

✦

The Frederick Douglass Papers Series

Series 3: Correspondence, Volume 1: 1842–1852 Frederick Douglass Edited by John R. McKivigan

T

his volume of The Frederick Douglass Papers represents the first of a four-volume series of the selected correspondence of the great American abolitionist and reformer. Douglass’s correspondence was richly varied, from relatively obscure slaveholders and fugitive slaves to poets and politicians, including Horace Greeley, William H. Seward, Susan B. Anthony, and Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. The letters acquaint us with Douglass’s many roles—politician, abolitionist, diplomat, runaway slave, women’s rights advocate, and family man—and include many previously unpublished letters between Douglass and members of his family. Douglass stood at the epicenter of the political, social, intellectual, and cultural issues of antebellum America. This collection of Douglass’s early correspondence illuminates not only his growth as an activist and writer, but the larger world of the times and the abolition movement as well. J O H N R . M C K I V I G A N is Mary O’Brien Gibson Professor of History at Indiana University–Purdue University, Indianapolis.

December Editions/History 696 pp. 10 b/w photos 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13560-2 $125.00tx

LYRIC POETRY AND MODERN POLITICS Russia, Poland, and the West Clare Cavanagh

L

yric Poetry and Modern Politics explores the intersection of poetry, national life, and national identity in Poland and Russia, from 1917 to the present. As a corrective to recent trends in criticism, acclaimed translator and critic Clare Cavanagh demonstrates how the practice of the personal lyric in totalitarian states such as Russia and Poland did not represent an escapist tendency; rather it reverberated as a bold political statement and at times a dangerous act. Cavanagh also provides a comparative study of modern poetry from the perspective of the eastern and western sides of the Iron Curtain. Among the poets discussed are Blok, Mayakovsky, Akhmatova, Yeats, Whitman, Frost, Szymborska, Zagajewski, and Milosz; close readings of individual poems are included, some translated for the first time. The author examines these poets and their work as a challenge to Western postmodernist theories, thus offering new perspectives on twentieth-century lyric poetry. C L A R E C AVA N A G H is associate professor and Herman and Beulah Pearce Miller Research Professor in Literature in the Department of Slavic Languages and Literatures at Northwestern University.

December Poetry/History 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-15296-8 $45.00tx

CONSTITUTIONAL COURTS AND DEMOCRATIC VALUES A European Perspective Víctor Ferreres Comella

I

n this book, Víctor Ferreres Comella contrasts the European “centralized” constitutional court model, in which one court system is used to adjudicate constitutional questions, with a decentralized model, such as that of the United States, in which courts deal with both constitutional and nonconstitutional questions. Comella’s systematic exploration of the reasons for and against the creation of constitutional courts is rich in detail and offers an ambitious theory to justify the European preference for them. Based on extensive research on eighteen European countries, Comella finds that centralized review fits well with the civil law tradition and structures of ordinary adjudication in those countries. Comella concludes that—while the decentralized model works for the United States—there is more than one way to preserve democratic values and that these values are best preserved in the parliamentary democracies of Europe through constitutional courts. December Law V Í C T O R F E R R E R E S C O M E L L A is professor of Constitutional Law at 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 Pompeu Fabra University (Barcelona). He is currently teaching at the Spanish paper orig. 978-0-300-14867-1 $45.00tx Escuela Judicial (Judicial School), where young judges are trained.

Academic

139

ORDERING THE CITY Nicole Stelle Garnett

T

his timely and important book highlights the multiple, often overlooked, and frequently misunderstood connections between land use and development policies and policing practices. In order to do so, the book draws upon multiple literatures—especially law, history, economics, sociology, and psychology—as well as concrete case studies to better explore how these policy arenas, generally treated as completely unrelated, intersect and conflict. Nicole Stelle Garnett identifies different types of urban “disorder,” some that may be precursors to serious crime and social deviancy, others that may be benign or even contribute positively to urban vitality. The book’s unique approach— to analyze city policies through the lens of order and disorder—provides a clearer understanding, generally, of how cities work (and why they sometimes do not), and specifically, of what disorder is and how it affects city life.

N I C O L E S T E L L E G A R N E T T is a professor at the University of Notre Dame Law School.

December Urban Studies/Sociology 256 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-12494-1 $45.00tx

“MATTER OF GLORIOUS TRIAL” Spiritual and Material Substance in Paradise Lost N. K. Sugimura

T

his groundbreaking book, the first to examine Milton’s thinking about matter and substance throughout his entire poetic career, seeks to alter the prevailing critical view that Milton was a monist-materialist—one who believes that all things are composed of material and all phenomena (including consciousness) are the result of material interactions.

Based on her close study of the philosophical movements of Milton’s mind, Sugimura discovers the “fluid intermediaries” in his poetry that are neither strictly material nor immaterial. In doing so, Sugimura uses Paradise Lost as a fascinating window into the intersection of literature and philosophy, and of literary studies and intellectual history. Sugimura finds that Milton displays a tense and ambiguous relationship with the idealistic dualism of Plato and the materialism of Aristotle and she argues for a more nuanced interpretation of Milton’s metaphysics.

N . K . S U G I M U R A is Research Fellow in English, Gonville and Caius College, University of Cambridge.

December Literary Studies 352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-13559-6 $55.00tx

PROPERTY OUTLAWS Eduardo Moisés Peñalver and Sonia K. Katyal

P

roperty Outlaws puts forth the intriguingly counterintuitive proposition that, in the case of both tangible and intellectual property law, disobedience can often lead to an improvement in legal regulation. The authors argue that in property law there is a tension between the competing demands of stability and dynamism, but its tendency is to become static and fall out of step with the needs of society.

The authors employ wide-ranging examples of the behaviors of “property outlaws”—the trespasser, squatter, pirate, or file-sharer—to show how specific behaviors have induced legal innovation. They also delineate the similarities between the actions of property outlaws in the spheres of tangible and intellectual property. An important conclusion of the book is that a dynamic between the activities of “property outlaws” and legal innovation should be cultivated in order to maintain this avenue of legal reform. E D U A R D O M O I S É S P E Ñ A LV E R is a professor at the Cornell Law School. S O N I A K . K AT YA L is a professor of law at Fordham Law School. 140

Academic

February Law 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper orig. 978-0-300-12295-4 $45.00tx

1688, Pincus ....................................................................64 Abed, An Introduction to Contemporary Spoken Arabic ......131 Abulafia, The Discovery of Mankind ..................................118 Accademia Seminars, The, Lukehart ....................................46 Action/Abstraction, Kleeblatt ..............................................51 Adventures in Modern Art, Shoemaker ................................33 Aghion, A Sketchbook of Pietro Santi Bartoli ........................38 Albers, Interaction of Color ................................................23 Albersmeier, Heroes ..........................................................18 Ali, Treasures of the Earth ..................................................76 Alias Man Ray, Klein ..........................................................21 Alice Guy Blaché, Simon ....................................................44 All Can Be Saved, Schwartz ............................................128 American Beauty, Mears ....................................................19 American Far West in the Twentieth Century, The, Pomeroy ..128 American Modernism at the Art Institute of Chicago, Barter ....45 American Portrait Miniatures in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Barratt and Zabar..........................................................50 American Quilts and Coverlets in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Peck ..............................6 American Stories, Weinberg and Barratt ..............................17 Among the Gentiles, Johnson ..............................................90 Anderson, Sin....................................................................69 Andy Warhol, Danto ....................................................30, 73 Anti-Enlightenment Tradition, The, Sternhell ........................114 Apostles of Beauty, Barter ..................................................26 Architecture on the Edge of Postmodernism, Stern..................28 Arshile Gorky, Taylor ..........................................................15 Art of Not Being Governed, The, Scott ................................67 Art of the Samurai, Ogawa ................................................24 Arts of Africa at the Dallas Museum of Art, The, Walker ........49 Arts of Intimacy, The, Dodds et al. ....................................121 At Home in the Law, Suk ..................................................107 Attridge, The Religion and Science Debate ..........................60 Auto Mania, McCarthy ....................................................125 Baetjer, British Paintings in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1575–1875 ................................................................46 Baetjer, Watteau, Music, and Theater ..................................18 Bagel, The, Balinska ........................................................118 Baghdad at Sunrise, Mansoor ..........................................120 Bailey, Bedouin Law from Sinai and the Negev ..................138 Balinska, The Bagel..........................................................118 Bambach et al., The Drawings of Bronzino ..........................30 Barratt and Zabar, American Portrait Miniatures in The Metropolitan Museum of Art ....................................50 Barter, American Modernism at the Art Institute of Chicago....45 Barter, Apostles of Beauty ..................................................26 Bauer, The Death of the Shtetl ..........................................111 Baumol et al., Good Capitalism, Bad Capitalism, and the Economics of Growth and Prosperity ................121 Bedouin Law from Sinai and the Negev, Bailey ..................138 Beehler, Lost Worlds ........................................................116 Begley, Why the Dreyfus Affair Matters ................................56 Behind Closed Doors, Vickery ..........................................110 Belasco, Reinventing Ritual ..................................................10 Bennett Jones, Pakistan ....................................................122 Bennison, The Great Caliphs ..............................................70 Bergelson, The End of Everything ........................................94 Bergin, Church, Society, and Religious Change in France, 1580–1730 ..............................................................133 Best Technology Writing 2009, The, Johnson ........................82 Big House, The, Cox ..........................................................84 Bilbao-Henry, Transición ..................................................131 Biographical Dictionary of Sculptors in Britain, 1660–1851, A, Roscoe ........................................................................52 Black, The Italian Inquisition ..............................................137 Blair and Bloom, Rivers of Paradise......................................38 Bockstoce, Furs and Frontiers in the Far North ....................103 Book of Mormon, The, Skousen ..........................................61 Bourgeois Frontier, The, Gitlin ..........................................112 Boyhoods, Corbett ............................................................65 Boyle, Hunter ..................................................................107 Boyle, The Public Domain ................................................123 Bradshaw, Elephants on the Edge..................................74, 75 Bray et al., The Sacred Made Real ......................................25 Brettell and Dickerson, From the Private Collections of Texas ..50 Brick and Clay Building in Britain, Brunskill ..........................52 British Paintings in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1575–1875, Baetjer ....................................................46 Brittle Thread of Life, The, Williams ....................................102 Brown Price, Pierre Puvis de Chevannes ................................2 Brunskill, Brick and Clay Building in Britain ..........................52 Campbell et al., Degas in the Norton Simon Museum ............34 Carmichael, Genocide Before the Holocaust........................102 Carr, El Greco to Goya ......................................................47

Cartoons That Shook the World, The, Klausen ....................113 Cash and Ormond, Sargent and the Sea ................................9 Cavanagh, Lyric Poetry and Modern Politics........................139 Celstina, de Rojas ..............................................................68 Cézanne and American Modernism, Stavitsky and Rothkopf ..11 Chaotic Harmony, Tucker and Sinsheimer ............................14 Charles Dickens, Slater ......................................................83 Children of the Gulag, Frierson and Vilensky ......................113 Chosen Will Become Herds, The, Garb ..............................133 Christensen, Nahum ........................................................106 Church, Society, and Religious Change in France, 1580–1730, Bergin ..................................................133 Civil Society and Empire, Livesey ......................................134 Closer Look: Faces, A, Sturgis ............................................42 Closer Look: Saints, A, Langmuir ........................................42 Cohen, Household Gods ..................................................128 Cohen, Notes from the Ground..........................................137 Cole, Lived in London ........................................................34 Comella, Constitutional Courts and Democratic Values ........139 Comparative Studies and the Politics of Modern Medical Care, Marmor et al. ............................................................136 Conservation Biology of Hawaiian Forest Birds, Pratt et al. ..137 Constitutional Courts and Democratic Values, Comella ........139 Corbett, Boyhoods..............................................................65 Corot to Monet, Herring and Mazzotta ................................35 Cox, The Big House............................................................84 Crookham, A Short History of the National Gallery ..............48 Cross and Markonish, Sol Lewitt ............................................1 Cullen, Nexus New York ....................................................16 Culture of Nature in Britain, 1680–1860, The, Harman ......138 Cumings, Dominion from Sea to Sea ....................................87 Cuno et al., The Modern Wing ..............................................2 Czechoslovakia, Heimann ................................................111 Czeslay Milosz and Joseph Brodsky, Gross ........................112 Danto, Andy Warhol ....................................................30, 73 Davis, The Photographs of Homer Page..................................1 Dazzled and Deceived, Forbes............................................86 de Rojas, Celestina ............................................................68 Deadly Dinner Party, The, Edlow..........................................62 Death of the Shtetl, The, Bauer ..........................................111 Decoded Messages, Sung ..................................................41 Degas in the Norton Simon Museum, Campbell et al. ............34 DeLay, War of a Thousand Deserts ....................................128 Di Nepi, Duccio to Leonardo ..............................................43 Discovery of Mankind, The, Abulafia ................................118 Dodds et al., The Arts of Intimacy ......................................121 Dominion from Sea to Sea, Cumings....................................87 Donoghue, On Eloquence ................................................130 Douglass, The Frederick Douglass Papers ..........................139 Drawings of Bronzino, The, Bambach et al. ..........................30 Duccio to Leonardo, Di Nepi ..............................................43 Duchamp, Manual of Instructions ..........................................5 Duffy, Fires of Faith......................................................58, 59 Dutch New York, Between East and West, Krohn and Miller ..36 Earle, Serizawa ................................................................14 Edlow, The Deadly Dinner Party ..........................................62 Edward II, Phillips ............................................................100 Edwards, The Works of Jonathan Edwards..........................132 Ehrenfeld, Sustainability by Design ....................................116 El Greco to Goya, Carr ......................................................47 Elephants on the Edge, Bradshaw..................................74, 75 Elizabethan Architecture, Girouard ........................................4 End of Everything, The, Bergelson........................................94 Engelking and Leociak, The Warsaw Ghetto ..........................1 Enlightened Economy, The, Mokyr......................................108 Epstein, Fred Astaire ........................................................119 Estlund, Reviving Self-Governance in the Workplace ............114 Eva Hesse, Fer ....................................................................7 Faye, Heidegger ................................................................98 Fellman, In the Name of God and Country ..........................96 Fennell, The Unbounded Home..........................................135 Fer, Eva Hesse ....................................................................7 Fires of Faith, Duffy ......................................................58, 59 Fitzhugh et al., Gifts from the Ancestors................................39 Forbes, Dazzled and Deceived ............................................86 Forgive Us Our Debts, Yarrow ..........................................130 Foster and Sirmans, Steve Wolfe on Paper............................16 Fred Astaire, Epstein ........................................................119 Frederick Douglass Papers, The, Douglass ..........................139 Freeman, A New History of Early Christianity ......................77 Friendship and Loss in the Victorian Portrait, Warner ..............2 Frierson and Vilensky, Children of the Gulag ......................113 From the Private Collections of Texas, Brettell and Dickerson ..50 Furs and Frontiers in the Far North, Bockstoce ....................103 Futurism, Rainey ..............................................................105

Index

141

Garb, The Chosen Will Become Herds ..............................133 Garnett, Ordering the City ................................................140 Gates of Hell, The, Lambert ................................................72 Gelernter, Judaism ............................................................95 Genocide Before the Holocaust, Carmichael ......................102 Genteel Tradition in American Philosophy and Character and Opinion in the United States, The, Santayana ........109 Georgia O’Keeffe, Haskell ....................................................8 Gerassi, Talking with Sartre ................................................91 Gifts from the Ancestors, Fitzhugh et al.................................39 Giovanni Boldini in Impressionist Paris, Lees et al. ................48 Girouard, Elizabethan Architecture ........................................4 Gitlin, The Bourgeois Frontier ............................................112 Golan, Muralnomad ..........................................................36 Goldberger, Why Architecture Matters ..........................30, 85 Good Capitalism, Bad Capitalism, and the Economics of Growth and Prosperity, Baumol et al. ......................................121 Great Awakening, The, Kidd ............................................125 Great Caliphs, The, Bennison ..............................................70 Green Intelligence, Wargo ..................................................63 Greiner, War Without Fronts ..............................................71 Grenadine, Wechsler ......................................................109 Gross, Czeslaw Milosz and Joseph Brodsky........................112 Gwynedd, Haslam et al. ....................................................52 Hagège, On the Death and Life of Languages ......................70 Hancock, Oceans of Wine ................................................103 Hanging Fire, Hashmi ........................................................12 Hanging of Thomas Jeremiah, The, Harris ............................79 Harman and Dietrich, Rebels, Mavericks, and Heretics in Biology ..................................................................125 Harman, The Culture of Nature in Britain, 1680–1860 ........138 Haroutunian-Gordon, Learning to Teach Through Discussion 106 Harris, The Hanging of Thomas Jeremiah..............................79 Harrison, An Introduction to Art ..........................................22 Harrison, Since 1950 ........................................................32 Hashmi, Hanging Fire ........................................................12 Haskell, Georgia O’Keeffe....................................................8 Haslam et al., Gwynedd ....................................................52 Haycock, Mortal Coil ......................................................127 Heidegger, Faye ................................................................98 Heimann, Czechoslovakia ................................................111 Herf, Nazi Propaganda for the Arab World ........................92 Heroes, Albersmeier ..........................................................18 Herring and Mazzotta, Corot to Monet ................................35 Hirsch, The Making of Americans ..................................54, 55 Hirschauer and Metzger, Luis Meléndez ................................1 Holman Hunt and the Pre-Raphaelite Vision, Lochnan and Jacobi ........................................................1 Horace Walpole’s Strawberry Hill, Snodin............................40 Houghton et al., Philippe de Montebello and The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1977–2008 ................39 Household Gods, Cohen ..................................................128 Humans, Nature, and Birds, Wheye and Kennedy ..............130 Hunter, Boyle ..................................................................107 Ideology and Inquisition, Nesvig........................................135 Illusions of Entrepreneurship, The, Shane ............................123 In the Name of God and Country, Fellman ..........................96 India, Rothermund ............................................................127 Ingres, Siegfried ................................................................44 Interaction of Color, Albers ................................................23 Introduction to Art, An, Harrison ..........................................22 Introduction to Contemporary Spoken Arabic, An, Abed ......131 Invention of Scotland, The, Trevor-Roper ............................118 Italian Inquisition, The, Black ............................................137 Jaguar’s Shadow, The, Mahler ............................................66 Jews in Ukrainian Literature, Shkandrij ..............................134 Joaquín Torres-García, Ramírez et al. ..................................41 John Gutmann, Stein ............................................................2 Johnson and Schehr, Yale French Studies, Number 116/117......................................................134 Johnson, Among the Gentiles ..............................................90 Johnson, The Best Technology Writing 2009 ........................82 Johnson, The Works of Samuel Johnson..............................136 Joseph in Egypt, Lang ......................................................108 Judah, The Serbs ............................................................129 Judaism, Gelernter ............................................................95 Kantha, Mason ..................................................................50 Kasl et al., Sacred Spain ....................................................43 Katouzian, The Persians ....................................................110 Kelly, The Society of Dilettanti ............................................34 Kidd, The Great Awakening ..............................................125 Kienholz, Wiggins and de Wildt ........................................47 King’s Dream, Sundquist ..................................................117 Kingdom of Infinite Space, The, Tallis ................................118 Klausen, The Cartoons That Shook the World......................113

142

Index

Kleeblatt, Action/Abstraction ..............................................51 Klein, Alias Man Ray..........................................................21 Klonk, Spaces of Experience ..............................................45 Konstantin Grcic, Ryan ......................................................28 Krohn and Miller, Dutch New York, Between East and West ..36 Laird and Weisberg-Roberts, Mrs. Delany and Her Circle ......12 Lambert, The Gates of Hell ................................................72 Land Reform in Russia, Wegren ........................................138 Lang, Joseph in Egypt ......................................................108 Langmuir, A Closer Look: Saints ..........................................42 Leach and Pevsner, Yorkshire, West Riding ..........................52 Learning Chinese, Wheatley ............................................131 Learning to Teach Through Discussion, Haroutunian-Gordon 106 Ledbetter, Unaccompanied Bach........................................107 Lees et al., Giovanni Boldini in Impressionist Paris ................48 Leonardo da Vinci and the Art of Sculpture, Radke ................13 Levine, Modern Architecture ................................................29 Life Explained, Morange ..................................................123 Lived in London, Cole ........................................................34 Livesey, Civil Society and Empire ......................................134 Lochnan and Jacobi, Holman Hunt and the Pre-Raphaelite Vision ......................................................1 Lost Worlds, Beehler ........................................................116 Luchs, Tullio Lombardo and Venetian High Renaissance Sculpture ....................................................................33 Luis Meléndez, Hirschauer and Metzger ................................1 Lukehart, The Accademia Seminars ....................................46 Lyric Poetry and Modern Politics, Cavanagh ......................139 Mahler, The Jaguar’s Shadow ............................................66 Maine Woods, The, Thoreau ..............................................97 Making of Americans, The, Hirsch ................................54, 55 Mansoor, Baghdad at Sunrise ..........................................120 Manual of Instructions, Duchamp ..........................................5 Marcel Duchamp, Taylor ......................................................5 Marmor et al., Comparative Studies and the Politics of Modern Medical Care ............................................136 Mason, Kantha ..................................................................50 Master and His Emissary, The, Gilchrist ................................88 Mather, Pashas ..................................................................89 Matlock, Superpower Illusions ............................................99 “Matter of Glorious Trial,” Sugimura ..................................140 McCarthy, Auto Mania ....................................................125 McCombie, Newcastle and Gateshead ................................52 McGilchrist, The Master and His Emissary ............................88 Mears, American Beauty ....................................................19 Mikics, Who Was Jacques Derrida? ..................................104 Misra, Vishnu’s Crowded Temple ......................................127 Modern Architecture, Levine ................................................29 Modern Eye, The, Wilson ..................................................40 Modern Wing, The, Cuno et al. ............................................2 Mokyr, The Enlightened Economy ......................................108 Montesquieu and the Logic of Liberty, Rahe ........................114 Morange, Life Explained ..................................................123 Morgan, Sonidos en Contexto ..........................................131 Mortal Coil, Haycock ......................................................127 Moyar, A Question of Command ........................................78 Mozart’s Third Brain, Sonnevi..............................................80 Mrs. Delany and Her Circle, Laird and Weisberg-Roberts ......12 Muralnomad, Golan ..........................................................36 Murase, Through the Seasons................................................2 Nahum, Christensen ........................................................106 National Gallery Technical Bulletin, Roy ..............................38 Natural Reflections, Smith ................................................109 Nazi Propaganda for the Arab World, Herf ........................92 Nesvig, Ideology and Inquisition........................................135 New History of Early Christianity, A, Freeman ......................77 Newcastle and Gateshead, McCombie ................................52 Nexus New York, Cullen ....................................................16 Nobility of Spirit, Riemen ..................................................120 Notes from the Ground, Cohen ........................................137 Oceans of Wine, Hancock................................................103 Ogawa, Art of the Samurai ................................................24 Olson and van Bever, Stall Points ......................................116 On Eloquence, Donoghue ................................................130 On the Death and Life of Languages, Hagège ......................70 One Nation under Contract, Stanger ..................................81 Ordering the City, Garnett ................................................140 Pakistan, Bennett Jones ....................................................122 Paradoxical Life, Wagner ..................................................57 Parshall, The Woodcut in Fifteenth-Century Europe ................35 Pashas, Mather..................................................................89 Pearl, The, Smith ..............................................................125 Peck, American Quilts and Coverlets in The Metropolitan Museum of Art ......................................6 Peñalver and Katyal, Property Outlaws ..............................140

Persians, The, Katouzian ..................................................110 Petherbridge, The Primacy of Drawing ................................37 Philippe de Montebello and The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1977–2008, Houghton et al. ........................................39 Phillips, Edward II ............................................................100 Photographs of Homer Page, The, Davis ................................1 Pierre and Maria-Gaetana Matisse Collection in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, The, Rewald and Dabrowski ..................49 Pierre Puvis de Chevannes, Brown Price ......................................2 Pincus, 1688 ....................................................................64 Playing with Pictures, Siegel ................................................27 Policing Stalin’s Socialism, Shearer ....................................136 Pomeroy, The American Far West in the Twentieth Century ..128 Portrait of the Brain, A, Zeman ..........................................116 Pratt et al., Conservation Biology of Hawaiian Forest Birds ..137 Preserving Nature in the National Parks, Sellars ..................126 Primacy of Drawing, The, Petherbridge ................................37 Prison and the American Imagination, The, Smith ................135 Property Outlaws, Peñalver and Katyal ..............................140 Public Domain, The, Boyle ................................................123 Question of Command, A, Moyar........................................78 Radke, Leonardo da Vinci and the Art of Sculpture................13 Rahe, Montesquieu and the Logic of Liberty ........................114 Rainey, Futurism ..............................................................105 Ramírez et al., Joaquín Torres-García ..................................41 Rapaport, The Sculpture of Louise Nevelson..........................51 Rashid, Taliban ................................................................122 Raven King, The, Tanner ..................................................123 Rebels, Mavericks, and Heretics in Biology, Harman and Dietrich ..................................................125 Reinventing Ritual, Belasco ..................................................10 Religion and Science Debate, The, Attridge ..........................60 Reviving Self-Governance in the Workplace, Estlund ............114 Rewald and Dabrowski, The Pierre and Maria-Gaetana Matisse Collection in The Metropolitan Museum of Art ................49 Riemen, Nobility of Spirit ..................................................120 Rivers of Paradise, Blair and Bloom ....................................38 Robert Indiana and the Star of Hope, Wilmerding and Komanecky............................................6 Roscoe, A Biographical Dictionary of Sculptors in Britain, 1660–1851 ................................................................52 Rothermund, India ..........................................................127 Roy, National Gallery Technical Bulletin ..............................38 Ryan, Konstantin Grcic ......................................................28 Sacred Made Real, The, Bray et al. ....................................25 Sacred Spain, Kasl et al. ....................................................43 Santayana, The Genteel Tradition in American Philosophy and Character and Opinion in the United States............109 Sargent and the Sea, Cash and Ormond................................9 Schwartz, All Can Be Saved ............................................128 Scott, The Art of Not Being Governed ..................................67 Sculpture of Louise Nevelson, The, Rapaport ........................51 Sellars, Preserving Nature in the National Parks ..................126 Serbs, The, Judah ............................................................129 Serizawa, Earle ................................................................14 Shane, The Illusions of Entrepreneurship ............................123 Shearer, Policing Stalin’s Socialism ....................................136 Shkandrij, Jews in Ukrainian Literature ..............................134 Shoemaker, Adventures in Modern Art ................................33 Shopping in the Renaissance, Welch....................................51 Short History of the National Gallery, A, Crookham ..............48 Siegel, Playing with Pictures ................................................27 Siegfried, Ingres ................................................................44 Sigmar Polke, Wylie ..........................................................10 Simon, Alice Guy Blaché ....................................................44 Sin, Anderson....................................................................69 Since 1950, Harrison ........................................................32 Sketchbook of Pietro Santi Bartoli, A, Aghion........................38 Skousen, The Book of Mormon ............................................61 Slater, Charles Dickens ......................................................83 Slavitt, The Theban Plays of Sophocles ..............................127 Smith, Natural Reflections ................................................109 Smith, The Pearl ..............................................................125 Smith, The Prison and the American Imagination ................135 Snodin, Horace Walpole’s Strawberry Hill ............................40 Society of Dilettanti, The, Kelly ............................................34 Sol Lewitt, Cross and Markonish ............................................1 Sonidos en Contexto, Morgan ..........................................131 Sonnevi, Mozart’s Third Brain..............................................80 Spaces of Experience, Klonk ..............................................45 Stall Points, Olson and van Bever ......................................116 Stanger, One Nation under Contract ..................................81 Stavitsky and Rothkopf, Cézanne and American Modernism ..11 Steffens, Unpacking My Library ..........................................20 Stein, John Gutmann ............................................................2

Stern, Architecture on the Edge of Postmodernism..................28 Sternhell, The Anti-Enlightenment Tradition ..........................114 Steve Wolfe on Paper, Foster and Sirmans ............................16 Stewart, The Town House in Georgian London ......................32 Sturgis, A Closer Look: Faces ..............................................42 Sugimura, “Matter of Glorious Trial” ..................................140 Suicidal Behavior in Children and Adolescents, Wagner ......133 Suk, At Home in the Law ..................................................107 Sundquist, King’s Dream ..................................................117 Sung, Decoded Messages ..................................................41 Superpower Illusions, Matlock ............................................99 Sustainability by Design, Ehrenfeld ....................................116 Taliban, Rashid ................................................................122 Talking with Sartre, Gerassi ................................................91 Tallis, The Kingdom of Infinite Space ..................................118 Tanner, The Raven King ....................................................123 Taylor, Arshile Gorky..........................................................15 Taylor, Marcel Duchamp ......................................................5 Taylor, The Virgin Warrior ..................................................93 Theban Plays of Sophocles, The, Slavitt ..............................127 Thoreau, The Maine Woods ................................................97 Through the Seasons, Murase................................................2 Town House in Georgian London, The, Stewart ....................32 Transición, Bilbao-Henry ..................................................131 Treasures of the Earth, Ali ..................................................76 Trevor-Roper, The Invention of Scotland ..............................118 TRIPLEX, West and Tsarev..................................................105 Tucker and Sinsheimer, Chaotic Harmony ............................14 Tullio Lombardo and Venetian High Renaissance Sculpture, Luchs ..........................................................................33 Ukrainians, The, Wilson....................................................126 Unaccompanied Bach, Ledbetter........................................107 Unbounded Home, The, Fennell ........................................135 Unpacking My Library, Steffens ..........................................20 Vickery, Behind Closed Doors ..........................................110 Virgin Warrior, The, Taylor..................................................93 Vishnu’s Crowded Temple, Misra ......................................127 Wagner, Paradoxical Life....................................................57 Wagner, Suicidal Behavior in Children and Adolescents ......133 Walker, The Arts of Africa at the Dallas Museum of Art..........49 Walter Benjamin and Bertolt Brecht, Wizisla ......................104 War of a Thousand Deserts, DeLay ....................................128 War Without Fronts, Greiner ..............................................71 Wargo, Green Intelligence ..................................................63 Warner, Friendship and Loss in the Victorian Portrait ..............2 Warsaw Ghetto, The, Engelking and Leociak ..........................1 Watteau, Music, and Theater, Baetjer ..................................18 Wechsler, Grenadine........................................................109 Wegren, Land Reform in Russia ........................................138 Weinberg and Barratt, American Stories ..............................17 Welch, Shopping in the Renaissance ....................................51 West and Tsarev, TRIPLEX ..................................................105 Wexler, The Woman Who Walked into the Sea ..................130 Whatever Happened to Thrift?, Wilcox ..................................1 Wheatley, Learning Chinese..............................................131 Wheye and Kennedy, Humans, Nature, and Birds ..............130 Who Was Jacques Derrida?, Mikics ..................................104 Why Architecture Matters, Goldberger ..........................30, 85 Why the Dreyfus Affair Matters, Begley ................................56 Wiggins and de Wildt, Kienholz ..........................................47 Wilcox, Whatever Happened to Thrift? ..................................1 Williams, The Brittle Thread of Life ....................................102 Willie Doherty: Requisite Distance, Wylie ..............................7 Wilmerding and Komanecky, Robert Indiana and the Star of Hope ......................................................6 Wilson, The Modern Eye ....................................................40 Wilson, The Ukrainians ....................................................126 Wizisla, Walter Benjamin and Bertolt Brecht ......................104 Woman Who Walked into the Sea, The, Wexler ................130 Woodcut in Fifteenth-Century Europe, The, Parshall................35 Works of Jonathan Edwards, The, Edwards ........................132 Works of Samuel Johnson, The, Johnson ............................136 Wylie, Sigmar Polke ..........................................................10 Wylie, Willie Doherty: Requisite Distance ..............................7 Yale French Studies, Number 116/117, Johnson and Schehr....................................................134 Yarrow, Forgive Us Our Debts ..........................................130 Yorkshire, West Riding, Leach and Pevsner ..........................52 Zeman, A Portrait of the Brain ..........................................116

Index

143

ORDERING INFORMATION DOMESTIC

INTERNATIONAL SALES REPRESENTATION United Kingdom, Europe, Africa, and Asia Yale University Press 47 Bedford Square London WC1B 3DP, England Telephone: 44-20-7079-4900 Fax: 44-20-7079-4901

For orders and all customer service inquiries please contact: Yale University Press, c/o TriLiteral, LLC 100 Maple Ridge Drive, Cumberland, RI 02864-1769 Tel: USA & Canada: 1-800-405-1619 Fax: USA & Canada: 1-800-406-9145 Email: [email protected] Orders: [email protected] SAN 631-8126 Yale University Press is a member of PUBNET

Canada, Australia, and New Zealand University Press Group, David Stimpson 164 Hillsdale Avenue, East Toronto M4S IT5 Ontario, Canada Telephone: 416-484-8296 Fax: 416-484-0602 E-mail: [email protected] Canadian customers can send returns to: Yale University Press c/o Georgetown Warehouse 34 Armstrong Avenue Georgetown L7G4R9, Ontario, Canada

PRICES AND DISCOUNTS no mark sc tx

Trade discount Scholarly discount Text discount

All prices, discounts and publication dates are subject to change without notice.

Distribution for Australia and New Zealand (non-exclusive) Inbooks 3 Narabang Way Belrose, NSW 2085, Australia Telephone: 61-2-9986-7037 Fax: 61-2-9986-7090 Email: [email protected]

Booksellers may order all titles at regular discounts and terms that are published in the ABA handbook. Discount schedules and return policies are available by contacting the Sales Department at: phone (203) 432-0966 or fax (203) 432-8485. For bulk or premium sales, contact Larry Laconi at (203) 432-7350 or [email protected]

Latin America and Caribbean US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk 311 Dean Drive Rockville, MD 20851-1144 Telephone: 301-838-9276 Fax: 301-838-9278 E-mail: [email protected] Website: uspubrep.com

Individuals are urged to order through a bookseller. Libraries are urged to order through a wholesaler. They may also order directly. Book review editors may fax requests for review copies to the Publicity Department at (203) 432-8485 or send requests by email to [email protected]

Japan Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto, Gilles Fauveau 2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan Telephone: 81-3-3264-0144 Fax: 81-3-3264-0440 E-mail: [email protected]

For foreign and translation rights, contact Anne Bihan at [email protected] For all inquiries regarding sales representation in the U.S.: Jay Cosgrove, Sales Director, Yale University Press, P.O. Box 209040, New Haven, CT, 06520-9040. Tel: (203) 432-0968 fax (203) 432-8485 [email protected]

Bookstores and libraries are also encouraged to order from United Publishers Services.

Taiwan BK Norton, Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng 5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4 Taipei 100 Taiwan Telephone 886-2-6623-0088 Fax: 886-2-6632-9772 E-mail: [email protected]

Catalogue design: Amy Elliott Andersen Visit our website: yalebooks.com Yale University Press eBooks are available in a variety of formats and on most major eBook platforms, usually timed to publication of the print edition. To learn more contact our digital asset manager ID at: (615) 213-5400 or [email protected]. ♦ ISBN Prefix 978-0-300

144

Order Information

South Korea ICK (Information & Culture Korea), Se-Yung Jun, Min-Hwa Yoo, 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku Seoul, Korea 121-842 Telephone: 82-2-3141-4791 Fax: 82-2-3141-7733 E-mail: [email protected]

Donald and Munro Endless Forms 978-0-300-14826-8 $75.00

Rishel and Sachs Cézanne and Beyond 978-0-300-14106-1 $65.00

Cowling Picasso 978-1-85709-452-7 $40.00

Fried Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before 978-0-300-13684-5 $55.00

Clarke Becoming Edvard Munch 978-0-300-11950-3 $50.00

Sussman and Weski William Eggleston 978-0-300-12621-1 $65.00

Recent Art Highlights

Moorhouse Gerhard Richter Portraits 978-0-300-15159-6 $60.00

Koda and Yohannan The Model as Muse 978-0-300-14893-0 $50.00

Steele and Mears Isabel Toledo 978-0-300-14583-0 $60.00

Rosenthal William Kentridge 978-0-300-15048-3 $50.00

Eklund The Pictures Generation, 1974–1984 978-0-300-14892-3 $60.00

Tingley Arts of Ancient Viet Nam 978-0-300-14696-7 $60.00

Jacoby Alger Hiss and the Battle for History 978-0-300-12133-9 $24.00

Haskell Frankly My Dear 978-0-300-11752-3 $24.00

Allawi The Crisis of Islamic Civilization 978-0-300-13931-0 $27.50

Hoffman My Happiness Bears No Relation to Happiness 978-0-300-14150-4 $27.50

Haynes and Klehr Spies 978-0-300-12390-6 $35.00

Bray Wetware 978-0-300-14173-3 $28.00

Rubin Mother of God 978-0-300-10500-1 $35.00

Morris One State, Two States 978-0-300-12281-7 $26.00

Zipperstein Rosenfeld’s Live 978-0-300-12649-5 $27.50

Reader Potato 978-0-300-14109-2 $28.00

Goldsworthy How Rome Fell 978-0-300-13719-4 $32.50

Eagleton Reason, Faith, and Revolution 978-0-300-15179-4 $25.00

Recent General Interest Highlights

Ya l e

Ta b le o f Co nt e nt s Recently Published Previously Announced

1 2

3 31 51 52

Tra de T it le s

Cover photograph: Dewey as Superman, Providence, RI, 1991 by Nan Goldin, courtesy Matthew Marks Gallery, New York. (see p. 65, Boyhoods: Rethinking Masculinities by Ken Corbett)

53 101 115 124 131 132

2009

General Interest Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade General Interest—Paperback Reprints Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade—Paperback Reprints Languages Academic Books

FA LL/ WI N T ER

Art T it le s Art & Architecture—General Interest Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade Art & Architecture Paperback Reprints Academic Art & Architecture Books

UNIVERSITY PRESS General Interest, Art and Architecture

FALL/WINTER AUGUST 2009 – JANUARY 2010